When it comes to great budget phones, Samsung is the undisputable king. When considering which cheap Samsung phone to buy, you have to keep a few things in mind:
How far can you stretch your budget?
Is 5G available in your region? Do you need the extra speed?
Will you buy unlocked or via a carrier?
The good news here is that no matter what your needs are, there’s an affordable Samsung phone out there for you. To help you choose, we’ve tested every model currently sold and selected the four best cheap Samsung phones you can buy. Check out our buyer’s guide if you’re not sure what to look for, or just keep reading to see our top pick. Looking for a cheap phone and willing to venture outside of Samsung’s ecosystem? We have a guide for the best cheap phones that you should check out.
The Galaxy A54 5G is the best cheap Samsung you can get
The Samsung Galaxy A54 5G packs a Galaxy S23-like experience into an affordable shell
The Galaxy A54 5G bridges the gap between Samsung’s mid-range phones to its flagships. It rocks a premium design with a flexible camera setup and one of the best software commitments in the Android game, all while hanging onto its affordable $449 price tag for yet another generation.
See price at Amazon
Save $54.99
See price at Samsung
Although it will stretch your budget a bit at $450, the Galaxy A54 5G is our pick for the best budget Samsung phone out there. We found it to be one of the most well-rounded smartphones you can buy, regardless of price. Plus, you’re getting Samsung’s unbeatable guarantee of five years of security updates, which means this phone will last you for years to come.
The three-camera setup on the A54 5G really impressed us, although the main shooter is undoubtedly the star of the show. It provided crisp, sharp photos in our testing, although Samsung’s tendency to oversaturate colors has made an unfortunate return. The ultrawide and macro lenses aren’t the most useful additions, but they do add a little extra versatility.
Battery life is also great, lasting about a day and a half in our testing. The relatively quick 25W charging also topped off the phone in just 85 minutes. Unfortunately, there’s no charger included in the box, so you’ll have to find a compatible model if you don’t already have a USB-C charger at home. Also, those 25W speeds are only for USB Power Delivery PPS Chargers, with unsupported models limited to 15W. There’s also no wireless charging, but that’s not too surprising at this price point.
The Galaxy A54 5G is one of the most well-rounded phones you can buy — regardless of price.
Another thing we loved about the A54 5G is the screen. It’s a crisp, speedy 120Hz Super AMOLED display with options to reduce refresh rates to further boost battery life. It was fully visible in bright daylight, which is something we can’t say for the rest of the phones on the list. In fact, this is the best display that we’ve tested in this price range, even outside of Samsung’s affordable phone lineup.
The Galaxy A54 5G is powered by an Exynos 1380, which we found to be fine for daily tasks, if a bit underpowered compared to more expensive Samsung phones. It also features 128GB of storage, which we think is perfect for most users, plus the option to increase that with a simple microSD card. This model also features 5G, which is a great way to futureproof your device for network upgrades in your local area.
What makes it stand out
Versatile cameras: A powerful main camera backed up by ultrawide, and macro lenses make this a complete camera package.
Beautiful display: The 120Hz Super AMOLED is bright, crisp, and speedy in all situations.
Fantastic battery life: The 5,000mAh battery lasts for nearly two days, and charges back up quickly.
Solid storage: 128GB is enough to store photos and apps for most people, and the microSD card slot makes it easy to upgrade.
5G: Not every region has access to the latest mobile networks, but this phone is ready for the future.
The Galaxy A32 5G offers incredible value for the price
Samsung’s software experience with an LG Velvet-esque design feels like a winning combination.
Galaxy A32’s multi-lens camera system takes photos to the next level. Go ultra high-res on the 64MP Main Camera for crisp, clear photos throughout the day. Expand the viewing angle with Ultra Wide Camera. Customize focus with Depth Camera, or get closer to the details with Macro Camera.
See price at Amazon
While we were more impressed by the breadth of features offered by the Galaxy A54 5G, we have to admit that the Galaxy A32 5G hits a really attractive price point. It’s more than a year old at this point (the Galaxy A33 5G didn’t come to the US), but that means that discounts make it an even more attractive buy.
In our testing, we found the A32 5G to check all the right boxes: solid performance, decent cameras, and above-average battery life. Granted, it’s still a cheap Samsung phone that shouldn’t be compared to the likes of the Galaxy S22, but for the vast majority of users, we think this is a great daily driver phone.
One aspect we were particularly impressed by is the design. Most budget phones aren’t much to behold, but the A32 5G has a sleek, elegant design with tough Gorilla Glass 5 to prevent any damage. We did find it a bit slippery though, so we’d still recommend getting a case if you want to keep it safe in the long run.
Retailing for $279, this is truly the sweet spot for budget phones. It’s affordable for just about anyone, and dropping any lower means sacrificing some key features. And in a rarity for phones these days, it includes a charger in the box. However, it is a bit long in the tooth, so if you’d like something more modern the Galaxy A23 5G is worth checking out.
What makes it stand out
Solid performance: It won’t win any speed tests, but for daily use this phone gets it done.
Good cameras: The main camera and ultrawide provide good results, although the macro lens is too niche.
Value: This phone represents the Goldilocks spot in Samsung’s cheap phone lineup.
The Galaxy A14 5G is cheap or free with carriers
Samsung Galaxy A14 5G
Samsung Galaxy A14 5G
Sharper display • Good battery life • Very affordable
MSRP:
$199.99
A well-dressed budget Android phone.
The Samsung Galaxy A14 5G is a great starter smartphone with a price you don’t have to stress over.
See price at Amazon
Save $0.99
See price at Samsung
See price at Verizon
See price at AT&T
We don’t think the Galaxy A14 5G is the most impressive cheap Samsung phone out there, but if you can get it through a carrier, it can easily be the cheapest. This phone is frequently available for huge discounts (or free) on contract in the US, and despite its fairly standard design, we think it’s a pretty good budget buy.
The phone itself performed admirably in our testing. The main camera gave solid results in good lighting, performance was great for everyday use, and battery life topped out at two full days. However, the big intangible advantage here is Samsung’s commitment to updates: this phone will continue to receive security updates for five years, and Android version updates for two years. At this price, that’s unheard of outside of Samsung’s lineup.
As one of the cheapest Samsung phones you can buy, it does make some sacrifices, and those are mostly in the build materials and speaker quality. You can get around this by buying a case and using headphones (there is a 3.5mm headphone jack). There’s also a paltry 64GB of storage, but that’s easily remedied thanks to the expandable storage option.
Ultimately, this is a cheap Samsung phone that cuts the right corners to keep the price under $200. Even better, you can get it for free or cheap via carriers like T-Mobile and AT&T. We think that’s a fantastic deal, and this device is more than capable for the vast majority of users. It’s worth mentioning that there’s an LTE version of the Galaxy A14 available in some regions for slightly less, but we think the 5G version is a better overall buy.
What makes it stand out
Price: It’s affordable to buy unlocked, but you can get it for free or nearly free via carriers in the US.
Battery life: We got a full two days of battery life, although there’s no charger in the box.
Camera performance: The main camera is solid in good lighting, providing some good shots in our testing.
The Galaxy A03s is the cheapest Samsung phone we recommend
Samsung Galaxy A03s
Samsung Galaxy A03s
Solid battery life • Long-term software support • A fingerprint reader
A solid starter phone
Samsung’s Galaxy A03s comes with a fingerprint reader and updated base RAM and storage compared to its predecessor, which gives it a little bit of extra punch. It also features decent battery life and great software support, just like most other Samsung phones.
See price at Samsung
See price at Amazon
We won’t lie, the Galaxy A03s is a really basic phone. However, if you’re looking for a cheap Samsung phone that can still hold up in daily use, it’s the absolute cheapest phone we recommend. You’ll have to temper your expectations since it’s under $200, but it’s still capable of getting the job done.
In our testing we found performance and build quality to be a bit lacking, but considering the price, these are the compromises you’ll have to make. On the plus side, the relatively weak processor affords great battery life — two days of moderate use — although once again there’s no charger in the box.
Ultimately, what earns this phone our recommendation is Samsung’s commitment to updates, which is the same five-year guarantee as its flagship phones, some of which cost ten times as much as this one. Granted you’ll probably want to upgrade before then. This phone can be a great first smartphone for just about anyone, and it’s a solid introduction to One UI and Samsung’s Android ecosystem.
What makes it stand out
Affordability: This is one of the cheapest Samsung phones you can get in the US.
Battery life: The beefy 5,000mAh battery lasts for two days of moderate use.
Longevity: Like all Samsung devices, this phone will receive five years of support, although you’ll probably upgrade before then.
What to look for in a cheap Samsung phone
Cheap Samsung phones are among the best budget handsets you can buy, but there are a few things you should consider to find the right device for you:
Value over price
It can be tempting to buy a phone based exclusively on the price tag, but we recommend thinking about the overall value a device represents instead. If a phone costs $100 more but will last a few years longer, it’s a better deal. This can come in the form of better build quality to resist breaking or a better powerful processor to run more demanding apps in the future.
5G or not 5G
Although most of the devices we’ve listed above support a 5G connection, you may not need it depending on your local area and use cases. If you don’t use data much outside of your home or live in a rural area, you can probably save a little money and get an LTE-only phone.
Unlocked vs carrier
In the US, much of the mobile phone market works via carriers. Depending on which company you have your phone plan with, you may be able to get huge deals on Samsung phones. This is true both for flagship devices like the S22 lineup and budget devices in the A series, some of which are available for free on contract.
One camera to rule them all
When it comes to budget smartphones, you should generally ignore any extra camera lenses. In most cases, the primary shooter is the only one that consistently provides results, with low-resolution ultrawide and macro cameras added as an afterthought. Of course, if cameras aren’t important to you, this won’t be an issue.
FAQs
Not at all! In fact, Samsung makes some of the best budget devices on the market, especially in the US.
Although the hardware is typically good, the real value of Samsung devices is in the software. It’s highly customizable and comes with an industry-leading five years of updates. That said, if you have more to spend we highly recommend considering a Samsung flagship too.
If you’re in the US, the best way to get cheap Samsung phones is through a carrier. You may be able to get good deals secondhand, but this can be risky, especially in this price range. Also check out our best smartphone deals page for more great deals.
Yes, all current Samsung phones in the A-series have NFC. You can learn more about NFC here, or check out our guide to the best phones with NFC.
Best cheap Android phones 2023 by Samsung
The search for the best cheap Android phones can often be daunting. There are just so many manufacturers to choose from. The cheapest phones aren’t made alike, though. The budget options you choose should offer respectable specs, decent performance and good software support.
This can often be lacking in devices from other manufacturers. However, Samsung is a company that excels at making the best budget phones. These happen to be some of its best-selling devices across the globe. So if you’re looking for cheap Android phones in the US that cost under $500, Samsung is your best bet.
Our Best Budget Android Phones List For July 2023
As premium devices have become more expensive over the years, there has been a conscious push by manufacturers to provide more capable cheap phones. A lot of the tech that was previously limited to mid-range devices has since trickled down to the cheapest phones. Features such as 5G connectivity, ultra wide cameras, four years of security updates and more are now offered with entry-level devices.
Many of the best budget phones cost less than $500. As the leading global Android smartphone vendor, Samsung provides the best selection. The company wants to offer the best value for money with its budget devices. Customers can rest assured that they will get the most bang for their buck.
Best Budget Phones – Samsung’s Latest: Galaxy A53 5G
The entire Galaxy A5x series has been very popular with customers looking for cheap Android phones. These devices provide great specs at a very competitive price point. It’s a similar story for the Galaxy A53 5G, the latest addition to this very successful series.
With prices starting at $449, the Galaxy A53 5G has much to offer. It comes with a refined design that has a clean and modern look. The 6.5-inch FHD+ Super AMOLED Infinity-O display has a 120Hz refresh rate for super smooth scrolling.
The device is powered by Samsung’s latest Exynos 1280 chipset for mid-range devices. It’s paired with up to 8GB of RAM and 256GB of storage. The new 5G-enabled processor delivers a big performance bump. The gaming experience is better than it has ever been before. This alone is one of the biggest selling points of the device.
The camera setup is decent as well with a 64MP OIS-equipped main sensor coupled with a 12MP ultra wide, 5MP depth and 5MP macro sensor. A 5,000mAh battery is also present which is more than enough to get you through an entire day’s worth of use. There’s support for 25W fast charging as well.
The Galaxy A53 5G ranks on top of this list of the best budget phones in 2023 with good reason. In addition to these respectable specs, it also comes with a guarantee of four years of Android OS upgrades, unmatched by any other device in this price range.
Reasons to buy: Refined design, 120Hz refresh rate, good performance and four years of Android OS upgrades.
Who should buy: Customers who want a premium mid-range device without breaking the bank.
The Galaxy A42 5G may have been overshadowed by the more popular devices in Samsung’s budget lineup, but that doesn’t take anything away from its viability. This device has the same Snapdragon 750G chipset as the Galaxy A52. So there’s plenty of power under the hood to handle routine tasks and even a bit of gaming. The device comes with up to 8GB of RAM and 128GB of storage.
It also has a rather unique design with the back panel being divided into four sections with a color gradient. There’s a 6.6-inch Infinity-U HD resolution Super AMOLED display on the front. The rear camera setup includes a 48MP primary sensor with an 8MP ultra wide, 5MP macro and 5MP depth sensor. The Galaxy A42 5G came with Android 10 out of the box but it is eligible for the Android 12 update.
Samsung continues to sell this device in the United States. At $399, it’s a great option for customers who want a bit more performance compared to the other devices further down this list.
Reasons to buy: Unique design, Snapdragon 750G chipset and decent display.
Who should buy: Those who prefer devices that provide great value for money.
Best Budget Phones – Balanced Option: Galaxy A32 5G
When it was first unveiled last year, the Galaxy A32 5G was Samsung’s cheapest phone to feature 5G connectivity. This highlighted Samsung’s intention to bring 5G to mass-market devices. In the months that followed, this intention became a reality.
At $279, it continues to be one of the best budget phones with 5G support. The design is fairly simple, as you’d expect, with the back panel featuring a sleek design and glossy finish. The 6.5-inch Infinity-V TFT display has an HD+ resolution.
It’s powered by a MediaTek Dimensity 720 5G chipset paired with up to 8GB of RAM and 128GB of storage. That’s more than enough power for casual multi-tasking and gaming. The decent rear cameras include a 48MP primary sensor with an 8MP ultra wide, 5MP macro and 2MP depth sensor.
This is a great inexpensive device with decent specs and support for 5G. Its successor has since been launched globally but Samsung is yet to make it available in the US. Till that happens, the Galaxy A32 5G remains the best bet for customers who need a smartphone in this price range.
Reasons to buy: Sleek design, 5,000mAh battery, 5G support and 3.5mm headphone jack.
Who should buy: Those who want a cheap 5G-enabled device that also offers decent performance.
The Galaxy A13 5G is one of Samsung’s latest budget phones in 2023. This device had big shoes to fill. Its predecessor, the Galaxy A12, was the world’s best-selling smartphone last year. Samsung sold more than 50 million units of the Galaxy A12 across the globe, making it the king of cheap Android phones.
So the company decided to make this best-selling device even better. The Galaxy A13 5G gets a complete overhaul and now even comes with 5G connectivity. This $249 device has a 6.5-inch display with a 90Hz refresh rate. There’s a MediaTek Dimensity 700 chipset under the hood paired with 4GB of RAM and 64GB of storage.
The triple camera setup at the back includes a 50MP primary sensor with two 2MP macro and depth sensors. Samsung has equipped the device with a chunky 5,000mAh battery that supports 15W fast charging. There’s even NFC onboard so features are Samsung Pay are supported.
Samsung wants the Galaxy A13 5G to take over as the best cheap android phone from its predecessor. The upgrades it has made to this device certainly make it an enticing prospect for customers in the US and across the globe.
Reasons to buy: Affordable price tag, decent chipset, 5G connectivity and NFC support.
Who should buy: Customers who want an entry-level 5G device that’s light on the pocket.
Samsung recently brought the Galaxy A03s to the United States to offer customers one of the cheapest phones that it sells. This is one of the company’s most entry-level devices. As you’d expect, it doesn’t support 5G.
The specs are fairly simple as well. There’s a 6.5-inch PLS LCD HD_ display with a MediaTek Helio P35 chipset under the hood. The device is available with up to 4GB of RAM and 32GB of storage. The camera setup consists of a 13MP wide angle sensor with a 2MP depth and 2MP macro sensor.
The device ships with Android 10-based One UI 2.0 Core, it’s a lightweight iteration of Samsung’s custom skin designed for entry-level devices. At $159, the Galaxy A03s is best cheap Android phone from Samsung without 5G.
Reasons to buy: Very competitive price, optimized UI, compact design.
Who should buy: Customers who want a reliable and robust device at a fair price.
Galaxy A03s Specs | Buy Galaxy A03s from Amazon
Best Budget Phones – Honorable Mention: Galaxy S21 FE
You might be wondering what this device is doing on the list of best budget phones. It did launch with a price tag of $699. However, it’s available at a significant discount from Amazon on most days. It can currently be bought for $549. If you’re able to stretch your budget a bit, you can’t go wrong with the Galaxy S21 FE.
Launched earlier this year, the Galaxy S21 FE comes with Android 12 out of the box. It’s also supported for four Android OS upgrades. This means that Android 16 will be the last major upgrade for this device.
Its design is similar to that of the base Galaxy S21 model, with a metal frame supporting the polycarbonate body. The 6.4-inch Dynamic AMOLED Infinity-O display is great and touts a 120Hz refresh rate.
The device comes with the powerful Snapdragon 888 chipset in most markets. In some locations, it gets the Exynos 2100 instead, with up to 8GB RAM and 256GB storage. A 4,500mAh battery is present with 25W wired and 15W wireless fast charging support. Samsung has equipped the Galaxy S21 FE with a 12MP ultra wide, 12MP wide and 8MP telephoto sensor.
The “FE” models are basically budget flagships. At its discounted price, it’s hard to pass up on the Galaxy S21 FE. It may not be one of Samsung’s cheapest phones, but it does offer a lot of value for money.
Reasons to buy: Great display, striking design, great specs and four years of Android OS upgrades.
Who should buy: Customers who can stretch their budget a bit more to get a near-flagship experience.
Galaxy S21 FE Specs | Galaxy S21 FE Review | Buy Galaxy S21 FE from Amazon
How To Pick The Best Budget Android Phone For You
When we buy a new smartphone, we want it to tick all of the boxes for us. Some want great cameras, others prefer a large display and some just want the basic features to work well. There’s no one-size-fits-all approach.
This list of the cheap Android phones from Samsung provides options in all price ranges. It’s important to first decide what you’re looking for the most. Is it a large display or a processor capable enough to support your mobile gaming? Is expandable storage important for you?
Once you have the answers to those questions, you can easily decide which of these best budget phones you want to buy. If you’re someone who only wants the latest model with decent power, opt for the Galaxy A53 5G. If you just want a budget phone to make calls, send emails and do some light browsing, then you can’t go wrong with the Galaxy A03s.
Samsung’s best budget phones provide you with the guarantee of unmatched software support. The company makes reliable devices that will go the distance with you. If you want the best value for money, look no further.
Top 15 Best Samsung Smartphones (Samsung) – Rating 2023
Against the backdrop of rapidly developing Chinese brands, the pace of development of gadgets of the South Korean company has slowed down significantly. Nevertheless, this year the brand managed to please the audience with a new budget segment and a number of brand solutions. In our selection of the best Samsung smartphones of 2023, we will consider both new models and series of past generations that have not yet lost their relevance even against the background of competitors. Conventionally, all the lines of the company’s phones can be divided into several classes:
F-series – new generation budget line;
A-series – includes entry-level and mid-range models, and is distinguished by the use of Qualcomm processors;
M-series – this includes inexpensive and medium-sized models with large batteries on Exynos chips;
S-series is the flagship line of camera phones with the brightest displays and powerful processors.
It should also be noted that the company produces a number of gadgets that do not fit into any category: branded Z Flip, Fold, Note and several shockproof phones.
Contents
Best Cheap Smartphones Samsung
Galaxy A04s
Galaxy M14
Samsung Galaxy A22 4G
Galaxy A32
Galaxy M23
Best mid-range Samsung smartphones
Samsung Galaxy Xcover 6 Pro
Samsung Galaxy A73
Galaxy S10 Plus
Samsung Galaxy M52
Samsung Galaxy A54
Top Samsung Premium Smartphones
Galaxy Flip 4
Samsung Galaxy S22 Ultra
Galaxy Z Fold 4
Samsung Galaxy Note 20 Ultra
Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra
How to choose a good smartphone from Samsung?
Budget smartphone segment
Samsung mid-range segment
Samsung flagship segment
Which mobile screens does Samsung use?
Which Samsung smartphone is better to buy in 2023?
Best Inexpensive Samsung Smartphones
Battery capacity?
42. 95%
Screen quality?
14.75%
Performance and stability?
42.3%
This section contains models of medium-high class, and in this price range the company has two classes of lines: A-series and M-series. The first line is distinguished by support for processors from other manufacturers, so it wins in terms of performance. The second series has proprietary Exynos processors, so it wins in terms of energy efficiency and battery life, respectively.
Galaxy A04s
Opens the top of Samsung smartphones Galaxy A04s, which belongs to the lower price category of phones of the Korean brand. Actually, this can be seen even in terms of the display, because the company uses branded AMOLED displays, but here it had to be limited to a budget PLS matrix with a resolution of 1600 by 720 pixels. But unlike its predecessor, the frame rate is now 90 Hz. The 6.5-inch display houses a simple front camera, featuring a compact matrix with a resolution of 5 megapixels. On the positive side, only good performance for the budget segment can be noted, which is argued by the support for the Exynos 850 processor. The camera has a main sensor of 50 megapixels with an aperture of f / 1.8. This is a good indicator, but the other two modules do not even make sense to discuss.
The most budget A-series phone from Samsung, which is clearly inferior to many Chinese competitors in terms of screen and power. Nevertheless, there is no doubt about the reliability of this gadget, as well as the quality of the main camera.
Pros:
good processor;
battery capacity;
is a good Wi-Fi module.
Cons:
budget display.
Galaxy M14
Another entry-level smartphone, but already in the M-series, which attracts with a higher battery life. This is due to two factors. Firstly, representatives of the M-line have 5000-7000 mAh batteries. This model is the minimum. Secondly, proprietary Exynos processors are used, which made it possible to reduce the level of power consumption. At the same time, there is also an inexpensive display on a PLS-matrix, which no longer has a modest FHD + resolution, but low brightness. The Exynos 1330 chip in terms of performance is not much superior to the “snaps” of the 400 series. However, this smartphone looks much more interesting, as it has fast charging at 15W, an 8MP selfie camera and a microSD slot for installing up to 1 terabyte of memory. The main camera has four modules, including a large 50 megapixel lens.
One of the best mid-range smartphones on the market. Not the most powerful, as it is built on the company’s proprietary processor.
Pros:
battery capacity;
memory size;
autonomous operation;
main chamber;
selfie camera.
Cons:
low brightness.
Samsung Galaxy A22 4G
If you don’t know which mid-range Samsung smartphone to choose, then you should definitely pay attention to the Galaxy A22 line with support for 4G networks. The features of this device include a bright screen on Super AMOLED technology. The display attracts with high smoothness of the picture in 90 Hz, but the resolution is only 1600 by 720 pixels. The branded panel houses a modest selfie camera, the resolution of which reaches only 13 megapixels. In turn, the main camera has four lenses, including the main lens of 48 megapixels. Here it should be noted chic stabilization. Responsible for autonomy is a battery with a capacity of 5000 mAh, which is complemented by powerful fast charging at 15 watts.
A good entry-level model with effective optical stabilization and a capacious battery. Confuses only the screen resolution, which directly affects the clarity of the picture.
Pros:
camera stabilization;
large battery;
front camera;
MediaTek Helio G80 chip.
Cons:
screen resolution.
Galaxy A32
Another inexpensive smartphone from Samsung with a good camera for its category, which includes four lenses. The display here uses Super AMOLED technology with a refresh rate of 90 Hz. Pleased with the support of the under-screen scanner, as well as a separate slot for a memory card, so you do not have to sacrifice a slot for a SIM card. Fast charging power is 15W. The Helio G80, created by Mediatek, is responsible for the performance of this line. The screen attracts with good color reproduction, a smooth picture and a high level of clarity. In the display, you can find a modest in size, but a good front camera, the resolution of which reaches 20 megapixels. The main camera supports a 64 megapixel lens, and three more auxiliary sensors.
Balanced model for its price range. A good choice, according to the editors of “ST”.
Pros:
Helio G80 processor;
quick charge;
underscreen scanner;
update rate 90 Hz;
main camera 64 MP.
Cons:
not found.
Galaxy M23
The best low-cost Samsung smartphone in 2023 is the Galaxy M23 model, which attracts, first of all, with its autonomy. This is due to the use of a 5000 mAh battery, which, with moderate use, is enough for 3 days of operation without recharging. It is important to emphasize that a lot of energy is required, because the screen is based on a PLS matrix with a resolution of 2408 by 1080 pixels and a clarity of 400 PPI. It was possible to increase the energy efficiency of the smartphone through the use of the proprietary Snapdragon 750G processor. There is enough power even in a configuration with 4 gigabytes of RAM. I would like to note the presence of a good selfie camera, the resolution of which is 8 megapixels. In this case, the main camera includes three modules, including the Samsung S5KJN1.
A smartphone with good battery life (included in the TOP-10 regardless of the brand), and excellent other characteristics in its price category. Even in video playback mode at maximum rage, autonomy reaches 30 hours.
Pros:
fast charge 15W;
good power;
excellent display;
autonomous operation;
balanced model.
Cons:
not found for this price.
The best mid-range Samsung smartphones
This section contains balanced mid-range models. We tried to focus on lines for practical users who want to get the best solution for their price without excess power and a professional camera.
M-series
28.67%
A-series
71.33%
Samsung Galaxy Xcover 6 Pro
a separate class of shock-resistant phones. There are no fantastic or even interesting features here, but the company has clearly improved the performance and screen when compared to the previous protected representatives of the Xcover line. Now this smartphone has a screen resolution of 2408×1080 pixels, and a frame refresh rate of 120 Hz. At the same time, a solid increase in power can be explained by the presence of the Snapdragon 778G chip. A unique feature is support for Samsung DeX, which is typical for the company’s flagships.
The main advantage of this series in the shock-resistant case, made according to the military standard MIL-STD-810H.
Pros:
adjustable buttons;
have Samsung DeX;
protected case;
removable battery.
Cons:
average performance.
Samsung Galaxy A73
Quite a popular Samsung smartphone with a good camera and clear screen. The model differs from many flagships mainly in power, as it uses a mid-range Snapdragon 778G series chip from Qualcomm. And, despite this, the A54 wins a little in power, although it runs on its own processor. However, the semi-flagship has a chic 6.7-inch screen built on Super AMOLED technology with a resolution of 2400 by 1080 pixels at a refresh rate of 120 Hz. The picture is excellent with a brightness of 800 nits. We can say that the image is at the level of premium smartphones. The main camera is also difficult to attribute to the middle class, because it is based on a large matrix, optical stabilization and 4K are provided. At the same time, in terms of shooting, the model is also inferior to the A54. There is support for fast charging, an NFC module, but there are not too many options for a actually premium model. The manufacturer abandoned experiments with a retractable front camera, and the increase in performance against the background of the same A51 is not so attractive, in our opinion.
Not the most attractive gadget in terms of price / quality, but in terms of photo quality and screen quality it is above average. There is moisture protection.
Pros:
improved chip;
screen refresh rate;
quick charge;
stylish design;
clear picture.
Minuses:
little change compared to A52.
Galaxy S10 Plus
Although not new, but a good smartphone in terms of price / quality is the flagship of past generations of Samsung S10 Plus series. It uses premium processor Exynos 9820, which is typical for many representatives of the premium class from the South Korean company. The front camera has two sensors that have modest resolution. However, at the time of the release of this gadget, there was no trend to chase the number of megapixels. At the same time, large matrices guarantee clear images even by modern standards. The main camera has three sensors, including an excellent telephoto lens, a wide-angle sensor and an ultra-wide-angle sensor. The battery capacity here is 4100 mAh.
Compact flagship model, but from older generations. Released before S20.
Pros:
flagship series;
autonomous operation;
image quality;
ergonomic model;
great sound.
Cons:
not available at this price.
Samsung Galaxy M52
Quite a popular Samsung smartphone, which attracts with a good balance between picture quality and camera. The model has a high level of brightness, and the image refresh rate reaches 120 Hz, which is closer to the brand’s premium flagships. At the same time, an innovative function of expanding the RAM, not the ROM, is implemented. The screen is built using Super AMOLED Plus technology. Inside the display is a good selfie camera, the resolution of which reaches 32 megapixels. At the same time, the main camera has three lenses, including a 64 megapixel matrix (this is an ISOCELL GW3 sensor). Responsible for performance is the Snapdragon 778G mid-range processor. In this configuration, this chip is paired with 6 gigabytes of RAM. The battery capacity is 5000 mAh, and 25 W fast charging is implemented.
Smartphone with a powerful battery and a good camera, designed for practical users who always want to stay connected.
Pros:
quick charge;
good power;
great selfie camera;
refresh rate;
ISOCELL GW3 sensor.
Cons:
hard to find.
Samsung Galaxy A54
The best mid-range Samsung smartphone of 2023, in our opinion, is the Exynos 1380-powered A54. Recall that the A52 version received Snapdragon 720G. Nevertheless, the new processor of the South Korean giant is really good (more than 500 thousand points in AnTuTu). The main camera corresponds to its class, and has 3 sensors, including a 50 MP lens. It is important that optical stabilization is implemented, and the model is gaining around 107 points in DxOMark. The display here uses an expensive panel on Super AMOLED technology, the refresh rate of which is 120 Hz. The fingerprint scanner is located under the screen, there are stereo speakers and NFC. In terms of functionality, this device is clearly superior to the M54. The case is protected according to the IP-67 standard.
One of the most functional A-series smartphones, which has an excellent camera, moisture protection, and it is brand new.
Pros:
protected case;
functionality for this class;
refresh rate 120 Hz;
excellent picture;
good camera.
Cons:
overpriced when compared with the Chinese.
Top 9 Premium Samsung Smartphones0069
Here you can find premium brand lines, the most advanced and branded smartphone models.
Yes, foldable smartphones are the future!
18.52%
No, I don’t understand such smartphones at all!
44.44%
Yes, but not yet worth the money!
37.04%
Galaxy Flip 4
The Galaxy Flip 4 model with a flexible screen series replenishes the rating of Samsung smartphones. The body of this gadget can be bent in half. On the reverse side, an additional screen is formed. Moreover, the displays are built on Dynamic AMOLED (2X) technology. The advantages of this line also include surround sound, which is argued by the support of Dolby Atmos technology. There is also Samsung Pay. The screen has a built-in camera, which consists of a large matrix, and it is the size, and not the resolution of megapixels, that regulates the excellent quality of the pictures here. Also worth noting is support for the premium Snapdragon 8+ Gen 1 processor created by Qualcomm. Of course, reverse charging is implemented, which is typical for all premium devices of this brand.
The flagship with a unique form factor, but not a new generation, because the company has restarted the series. In terms of price / quality ratio, we chose this solution.
Pros:
price dropped;
surround sound;
Flex for selfie camera;
flexible housing;
screen technology.
Cons:
few tests.
Samsung Galaxy S22 Ultra
The list of flagship smartphones with a good camera from Samsung is replenished with the Galaxy S22 Ultra, which so far is equipped with the most efficient sensors from the South Korean manufacturer. Real improvements are noticeable, and not just pretentious statements, which is typical for some competitors. Pleased with the presence of a new generation of reverse wireless charging 4. 5 W (Qi). Implemented a dynamic screen refresh rate depending on the content with a maximum rate of 120 Hz. Of course, the body is protected from moisture, there is a branded stylus. The gadget is powered by the new proprietary Samsung Exynos 2200 processor. For the US market, the same model runs on a Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 chip, which is traditionally considered more efficient both in terms of power and energy consumption.
Samsung’s most advanced camera phone to date, but also the most expensive, which is the reason for this gadget’s position in our rating. We expect the device to become cheaper, which will certainly happen over time.
Pros:
top camera;
excellent display;
new charger;
protected case;
great sound.
Cons:
you cannot select a processor.
Galaxy Z Fold 4
This Samsung smartphone has the most expensive and high-quality screen in the brand’s product segment. Naturally, this uses a flexible display, and there is a stylus, which is not in the Z Flip. The main screen is built on a Dynamic AMOLED 2X matrix with a frequency of 120 Hz. At the same time, the case is protected according to the IPX8 standard. In the last generation there was a problem with glass. It was solved with the help of Gorilla Glass Victus + and Samsung’s proprietary ultra-thin solution. Strength was almost doubled. The resource is enough for hundreds of thousands of folding, according to the company’s test results. The main camera has flagship parameters. It is also worth noting the presence of the Snapdragon 8+ Gen 1 processor. The battery capacity of 4400 mAh, in our opinion, is not enough to power two screens at once.
Samsung’s best flexible screen smartphone. That says it all.
Pros:
powerful processor;
expensive glass;
excellent screen;
folding resource;
functional model.
Cons:
autonomy is not enough.
Samsung Galaxy Note 20 Ultra
We are talking about the branded Samsung smartphone, which has the maximum set of options, which has always been characteristic of the Note series. It’s worth saying right away that you can find a flagship on sale even on the Snapdragon 865+ chip, but there are more varieties on the branded Exinos. The kit includes a branded stylus for remote control. Of the main advantages, we note the advanced night mode, the power of wireless charging. There is a heart rate monitor and support for pairing with other external screens. In terms of the set of parameters, the camera is not much inferior to the S21 Ultra. At the same time, the proprietary processor was improved, accepting criticism from users.
This is a brand line with maximum functions and technical equipment. It uses the most expensive screen technology, premium camera and the best proprietary processor.
Pros:
functionality;
brand line;
good sound;
excellent camera;
high power.
Cons:
not found.
Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra
Samsung’s best smartphone in 2023 is the Galaxy S23 Ultra with its top display and camera. This flagship has a screen on Dynamic AMOLED 2X matrix with a resolution of 1440 by 3088 pixels. Claimed brightness is 1200 nits. Almost all well-known experts spoke about the accuracy of the transmission of shades and brightness after the release of the model on sale. The top-end solution for today is used as a processor, and this is Snapdragon 8 Gen 2. Performance is clearly enough for games, so we believe that 12 gigabytes of RAM is already marketing. The camera received a new proprietary sensor with a resolution of 200 megapixels. There was support for the Power Delivery 3.0 standard with a maximum power of 45 watts.
To date, this is the most advanced flagship in all respects from Samsung.
Pros:
focus;
200 MP sensor;
display technology;
laser focus;
includes a stylus.
Cons:
not found.
How to choose a good smartphone from Samsung?
Of course, it is extremely difficult to please everyone with one selection. If you do not know how to choose a smartphone from Samsung, we recommend that you consider the following aspects:
Autonomous work – in this regard, the company’s smartphones built on proprietary energy-efficient Exynos processors with powerful batteries win. These criteria are ideally matched by M-class models with batteries from 6000 to 7000 mAh. It is important to understand that autonomy depends not only on the capacity of the battery, but also on the technical process of the chip, display parameters, and other parameters;
Charging – Given the energy demands of today’s screens, a company that deserves to be considered a leader in the field of mobile displays needs to pay more attention to charging. Devices with support for reverse and wireless charging, as a rule, are included in the S-series. In the budget segment, there are mainly models with a fast charging power of 15 watts.
RAM – 4 GB is optimal for the entry-level category, 6 GB is the norm for the middle class, and in the premium class the company has gaming solutions, including the Note 20 Ultra with up to 12 GB of RAM, and this is not the limit.
Camera – here you should consider all the elements separately for different lenses: from the main photomodule to the depth sensor. It would take us a lot of time to describe all the sensors, so we recommend comparing models on the Dxomark resource website;
Processor – most smartphones run on proprietary Exinos or Qualcomm processors. The first option is attractive in terms of energy efficiency, but the chips are not as powerful as “snaps”.
Separately, we offer to talk about the company’s displays and processors used by the brand.
Budget segment of smartphones
As practice shows, branded Exynos chips look more attractive in the budget segment, because smartphones based on Exynos 1330 chips are much cheaper than when using processors from Mediatek or Qualcomm. In addition, smartphones with proprietary processors are well optimized, which has a positive effect on battery life.
As for the choice of display, almost all budget models today support FullHD, and work either on the basis of PLS matrices or Amoled technology. The second option is clearly a priority, as is the frequency of 90 Hz, not 60 Hz.
Speaking of autonomy, here the M-series is definitely more attractive than the A-series. Actually, that was the original idea. However, with regard to cameras and screen parameters, most often, models of different series do not differ much from each other.
Mid-range Samsung
Unlike Apple, the pricing policy of the South Korean brand is built in such a way that after some time once premium phones become available, but this is due to the fact that there is always a buyer.
That rare case when you do not need to compare a huge number of parameters in order to highlight a particular favorite, in our opinion. In terms of value for money, the Galaxy S10 Lite undoubtedly looks decent, but this model is already outdated. And, despite the more advanced screen than mid-range novelties, not everyone wants to buy an outdated flagship that is about to stop updating.
If for some reason you don’t like this line, you can pay attention to representatives of the A-class or M-class. In particular, A54, A73, M54 are relatively pleased with good performance and interesting performance and price / quality ratio. The latter traditionally has a good battery.
The flagship segment from Samsung
It’s more complicated, because not everyone is ready to pay about $1,500 for a fresh S23 Ultra, realizing that with the release of the next generation, the new flagship can significantly become cheaper. At the same time, even the Note 20 Plus looks quite advantageous against the background of the S23, which already had a gorgeous screen at that time. Actually, we have not seen any revolutions in terms of cameras for a long time.
S10 Plus looks more affordable and weaker, which, of course, lacks a 108-megapixel sensor and a “wild” refresh rate, but its screen, power, style are still relevant. Most likely, it is a matter of taste and financial possibilities. If you follow trends and keep up with progress, everything is very simple – take the latest flagship or some branded smartphone of the company with a flexible screen. There are already two of them.
Which mobile screens does Samsung use?
Amoled – the most popular technology that surpasses IPS in terms of color reproduction and viewing angles;
Super Amoled is Samsung’s development, the essence of which is the use of branded backlighting, instead of Not the most successful product, because the picture turned out to be grainy.
Super Amoled Plus – the company decides to return to using RGB, but the matrix has become much more efficient in terms of brightness and clarity;
Dynamic Amoled is the flagship line with HDR10+ support. These screens are equipped with the most expensive smartphones of the brand.
Which Samsung smartphone is better to buy in 2023?
In the end, let’s sum up and highlight several leaders of our rating. If you don’t know which good Samsung smartphone to buy, we recommend that you first look at the reviews of the following models.
Galaxy M54 with good camera and powerful battery.
The best Samsung smartphone in terms of price and quality – Galaxy S10 Plus;
Inexpensive but good phone – Galaxy M22;
A good smartphone with a flexible screen – Galaxy Z Fold 4;
Samsung smartphone with the best camera – Galaxy S23 Ultra.
Subscribe to our social networks, if this publication was useful, you will express your best thanks to this.
experts have chosen the best models — UNIAN
Named the best budget smartphones to buy in 2023 / photo Apple
In 2023, flagship smartphones will be more expensive than ever. But you can buy a device that can do anything the user wants with $200 in your pocket. The specialists of the popular tech portal Digital Trends have compiled their rating of the best budget smartphones that you can buy right now.
The list includes models from Samsung, Google, Apple and OnePlus. It is noteworthy that there are no devices from Xiaomi or Redmi, which specialize mainly in the production of low-cost smartphones.
The Samsung Galaxy A54 is the best choice for most people
It looks like the Galaxy S23 but costs half the price, has a great screen, and a camera perfect for social networking. Overall, this is a great choice for those who want to enjoy Samsung Galaxy software but don’t need flagship power.
Video of the day
Among the shortcomings, experts singled out the battery, which is not designed to work longer than a day and a half and the lack of wireless charging. However, to get a phone without these “cons”, you need to spend more than $400.
photos Samsung
Google Pixel 6a is an inexpensive smartphone with the best camera It is made in the design of Google’s current flagships, with Google Tensor chip, 6.1-inch 60Hz screen, 4410mAh battery and 6+128 memory.
The main downside is the 60Hz refresh rate screen, which seems low in 2023 when similarly priced competitors offer a 90Hz or higher screen. But this moment is compensated by first-class software.
Google photo
Apple iPhone SE (2022) is the best cheap iPhone
It’s the smallest iPhone you can buy today, but it’s still powerful, plus it has Touch ID and the latest version of iOS. All in all, a great option for Apple fans who miss small phones but don’t want to sacrifice performance.
Battery life is the main drawback. It is unlikely that you will be able to squeeze a lot out of it even with moderately intensive use.
photo Apple
OnePlus Nord N300 5G – the best phone under $250
The budget phone is the successor to the popular Nord N200. It has all the top features like 90Hz screen refresh rate and 5G as well as long battery life. This is the best option for those who value screen and battery life more than camera and design.
Drawbacks include poor cameras, lack of water and dust resistance, and the fact that it won’t receive updates after Android 13.
photos OnePlus
Samsung Galaxy A14 5G is the best phone under $200 affordable and popular phone line Galaxy. It has a big screen, great software, and a decent camera at a very competitive price. The Galaxy A14 is cheaper than the same Galaxy A54 that tops the list, but they have a lot in common. Therefore, if your budget does not exceed $200, this phone is the best option.
The disadvantages are expected – you should not expect much from the processor, there is also no protection against water and dust, and fast charging is only up to 15 watts.
photo Samsung
If you are looking for a powerful filling, UNIAN shared the rating of the most powerful smartphones on the market.
Last Updated: Jul 14, 2023 6:41 p.m. EDT
Delayed quote
-0.01-0.01%
After Hours Volume:
39.9K
Close
Chg
Chg %
$80.23
-1.07
-1.32%
Toggle Chart Options
58% vs Avg
Customize MarketWatch
Have Watchlists? Log in to see them here or sign up to get started.
Create Account
… or Log In
No Items in Watchlist
There are currently no items in this Watchlist.
Add Tickers
Uh oh
Something went wrong while loading Watchlist.
Go to Watchlist
No Recent Tickers
Visit a quote page and your recently viewed tickers will be displayed here.
Result Frequency
Download Data (.csv)
Date
Date
Open
High
Low
Close
Volume
07/14/2023
07/14/2023
$81. 35
$81.50
$80.15
$80.23
1,342,627
07/13/2023
07/13/2023
$81.33
$82.02
$80.76
$81.30
1,606,465
07/12/2023
07/12/2023
$82. 25
$82.81
$81.06
$81.08
1,602,866
07/11/2023
07/11/2023
$80.42
$81.97
$80.42
$81.76
1,633,069
07/10/2023
07/10/2023
$79. 21
$80.97
$79.20
$79.88
1,578,758
07/07/2023
07/07/2023
$80.29
$80.77
$79.16
$79.30
2,749,405
07/06/2023
07/06/2023
$80. 50
$80.79
$79.13
$80.59
3,145,889
07/05/2023
07/05/2023
$81.93
$82.15
$80.88
$81.05
2,274,094
07/03/2023
07/03/2023
$82. 19
$82.58
$81.69
$82.17
1,359,980
06/30/2023
06/30/2023
$83.41
$83.41
$81.84
$81.95
2,387,029
06/29/2023
06/29/2023
$82. 33
$83.49
$82.15
$83.21
1,719,934
06/28/2023
06/28/2023
$82.39
$82.55
$81.78
$82.28
2,121,749
06/27/2023
06/27/2023
$81. 38
$83.15
$81.37
$82.91
2,568,460
06/26/2023
06/26/2023
$78.99
$81.59
$78.75
$81.40
2,448,678
06/23/2023
06/23/2023
$78. 66
$80.08
$78.24
$79.13
2,807,724
06/22/2023
06/22/2023
$79.18
$79.19
$78.50
$79.05
1,342,284
06/21/2023
06/21/2023
$78. 99
$79.87
$78.72
$79.02
1,672,722
06/20/2023
06/20/2023
$79.29
$79.55
$78.41
$78.82
2,157,149
06/16/2023
06/16/2023
$79. 22
$80.83
$78.37
$79.79
6,435,115
06/15/2023
06/15/2023
$76.73
$79.16
$76.67
$78.98
2,585,371
Download Data (.csv)
Date
Date
Open
High
Low
Close
Volume
07/14/2023
07/14/2023
$79. 21
$82.81
$79.20
$80.23
7,763,785
07/07/2023
07/07/2023
$82.19
$82.58
$79.13
$79.30
9,529,368
06/30/2023
06/30/2023
$78. 99
$83.49
$78.75
$81.95
11,245,850
06/23/2023
06/23/2023
$79.29
$80.08
$78.24
$79.13
7,979,879
06/16/2023
06/16/2023
$76. 58
$80.83
$75.71
$79.79
11,295,062
Download Data (.csv)
Date
Date
Open
High
Low
Close
Volume
07/2023
07/2023
$82. 19
$82.81
$79.13
$80.23
17,293,153
06/2023
06/2023
$76.58
$83.49
$75.71
$81.95
30,520,791
Close Trending Tickers bar
Access Premium Tools
RBC Investments – investment news, stock quotes and exchange rates
Important for the investor right now
Wheat prices rose sharply on the news about the suspension of the grain deal
News
Gas prices in Europe fell by 22. 5% over the week
News
The Central Bank noted an increase in the number of financial pyramids and a decline in the activity of pseudo-brokers0003 News
News
·
Moscow exchange index fell below 2900 points amid the attack on the Crimean bridge
Shares of Russian companies become cheaper due to the growth of geopolitical tensions
Exchange rates
900 02
The euro exchange rate exceeded ₽102 for the first time since the beginning July
Foreign currency resumed growth after stabilizing last week. The weakening of the ruble was facilitated by increased geopolitical tensions and a decrease in oil prices, experts believe
Events of the day
·
Incident on the Krymsky bridge, shares of Rusal, collapse of the dollar: digest
The authorities reported damage to the roadbed on the spans of the Krymsky bridge. In Europe, they urged not to impose sanctions on Rusal. The dollar showed the strongest fall since November. Events that affect the market
Collections
·
How to pay abroad: 6 ways to pay abroad
Although Visa and Mastercard have left Russia, there are still ways to pay when traveling abroad. RBC Investments found out which of them are relevant now
RBC Banks
·
Rates on deposits in yuan, dollars and euros are growing: causes and risks
Despite the trend of devaluation, a number of banks offer increased rates on foreign currency deposits, even in toxic currencies. Experts told RBC Investments what caused this and how long it will last
What does it mean
·
New savings instrument from the Ministry of Finance: pros and cons for the investor
but still with the help of NPF. The state will co-finance the program in 2024-2026, and this period can be extended
News
·
An investment company from Irkutsk filed a lawsuit against Euroclear for ₽144 million
Energia-Invest’s lawsuit is the third lawsuit against Euroclear pending in the Russian judicial system. Earlier, MC Pervaya, as well as private investor Elida Khasanova, filed a lawsuit
Events of the week
Top events on the St. Petersburg Exchange: dollar collapse, Microsoft battle and bank reports
exchanges followed by investors. We talk about the most important stories of recent days in the financial markets
News
·
JPMorgan, Wells Fargo and Citigroup reported better than analysts’ expectations
The next reporting season started positively. Net profit of JPMorgan grew by more than 60%, while Wells Fargo — by more than 40% securities of friendly countries if they are stored in an unfriendly infrastructure. Some companies found customizing systems difficult and turned off access altogether
News
·
Clearstream warned of the risk of blocking Eurobonds of Russian companies
Under alternative settlements, the depository understands the payment of obligations in rubles, the redemption of Eurobonds or the issuance of replacement bonds
News
· 900 03
Sollers shares have risen in price by 4% against the background of the news about the purchase of the Isuzu plant
The Japanese auto concern Isuzu transferred the shares of the joint venture in Ulyanovsk to the Russian company Sollers. Sollers shares reacted with growth of more than 4%
Events of the day
·
Moscow Exchange Index, Brent more expensive than $81 and US bank reports: digest
Moscow Exchange Index fell due to correction, but the medium-term growing trend is still relevant. Brent is above $81, further growth is possible. Major US banks will open the reporting season. Events that affect the market
News
·
Tsifra Broker has provided the possibility of forced currency conversion
The broker has expanded the list of situations when he can make transactions on client accounts without his consent. If this happens, it will affect balances of no more than €100, as well as balances in a currency that is not traded on the Moscow Exchange
News
Seligdar did not exclude the payment of dividends for 2023
The gold mining company last paid dividends for 2021, it was decided not to pay dividends for 2022
News 9000 3
Dollar index fell below 100 points for the first time since April 2022
The value of the dollar falls amid expectations that the Fed’s rate hike cycle will soon end. Dollar index against major world currencies fell to lows in more than a year
Investments, what is it in simple words, types of investments
It is possible to increase the profitability of an enterprise, increase personal capital by investing free funds in new projects. Investments (eng. Investments) can become unprofitable if the owner of the funds has chosen an unsuccessful direction.
What is investment in simple terms?
The easiest way to understand what an investment is on the example of bank deposits. The owner of money entrusts his savings to a financial institution for a certain period. At the end of the agreed period, the investor is returned the funds, and a percentage is paid for their use. This option is as safe as possible, because. the bank independently finds projects on which it earns at the expense of borrowed funds.
Investment activities carry great risks if investments are approached without a thorough audit of projects.
The most popular areas for investment:
Purchase of land.
Acquisition of real estate, including non-residential/industrial premises.
Reconstruction of existing buildings, their overhaul.
Investments in a ready-made business (own or someone else’s).
Purchase of copyrights, patents, licenses, other intangible assets.
Not all types of investments are available to private investors “directly”. As in the case of a bank, there are organizations that raise funds from individuals, which, as they come in, are distributed among financed commercial projects.
The difference between financial and real investments
There are many ways to invest. In addition to acquiring equipment for expanding production, residential real estate for its subsequent leasing, there is an option to purchase securities – shares, bonds, bills. The latter requires the investor to have a good knowledge of the financial market, the influence of various fundamental processes on the growth / fall in the value of purchased assets.
Investments are returned gradually, depending on the profitability of the project.
All occurring types of investments are divided into two conditional groups:
Real. Investments in inventories, fixed capital and intangible assets.
Financial. They become an independent form of investment through the issuance of shares, bills of exchange, and other securities presented on the market in the form of a “commodity”.
The first option is more common in commercial organizations, where the profit can be either withdrawn in the form of profit or invested in the development of one’s own company or in the opening of new areas of activity. The second option is more suitable for private investors. When investing in securities, the risks of receiving significant losses are lower, because. professionals really manage the money.
Options for attracting investments
Over time, any company faces the problem of falling profitability. If this factor is not calculated in advance, management may face the fact that the only option is the liquidation (bankruptcy) of the company. This can be avoided with timely modernization / reorganization of the company or expansion of activities. But all this requires the attraction of additional funds.
According to the source of income, investments are divided into the following categories:
Private. You can count on them if you organize the issuance of company shares, ensure their introduction to the market, and create attractiveness for investors.
State. Local and federal authorities are usually interested in the development of innovative activities, so they subsidize certain areas at the expense of public funds.
Foreign. May be needed to expand activities abroad or to obtain funds at lower interest rates, which is more typical for European / American banks.
Regardless of the source of financial support, a preliminary audit of the project is required, the calculation of probable profits, including taking into account all possible risks. Based on a detailed study, a decision is made on the profitability of the proposal.
Building an investment portfolio Forex
The least risk can only be guaranteed by dividing investments between several types of assets. Moreover, it is recommended to select high-risk types with the probability of making big profits in a short time at the same time as less risky options, where they rely on stability (albeit with a lower level of profitability).
Profit from investment depends on the literacy of the choice of financed projects.
When selecting assets for investment, the following indicators are evaluated:
Difficulty in assessing profitability/risks. Both the availability of data on previously obtained profit and the possibility of predicting the further development of the situation play a role.
The degree of risks (directly affecting the level of income).
Investment costs. This takes into account the minimum share required to invest in an asset (starting amount).
Liquidity. Evaluate the possibility of selling assets at a market price in crisis situations.
Income predictability. The degree of “transparency” largely depends on the knowledge of the investor himself, how much he understands the external / internal factors that affect the value of assets.
The declared profitability of the project remains the key parameter. Its average value in the investment portfolio makes it possible to compare it with the total risks, to select such a list of instruments so that in the event of a negative development of events, the investor receives at least a minimum profit.
What is Share Investing?
Investing in a business usually requires large investments. Not every private investor, even in conjunction with government subsidies, can meet the needs of a startup or a modernized production company with experience. Therefore, they are trying to find a way to attract investment, available to owners of modest savings.
The equity principle of investing allows you to start with a small amount.
Equity examples:
Share in the charter capital of LLC. The investor actually becomes a co-owner of the business. The percentage of profit is not known in advance, it all depends on the success of the business manager.
Block of shares in a large enterprise. The investor acquires the amount for which he has enough funds. The value of each share is constantly changing, you can make a profit on the fall / rise in price.
Units of investment funds (UIF). The owners of the association themselves are looking for the most profitable ways to make a profit, investors are usually not notified of the details, but only receive final reports.
When investing in mutual funds, data on profitability for previous periods are usually available. But it should be borne in mind that the presence of profit in past activities does not guarantee its receipt in the future, the risks of loss are always present.
What are the risks of investing?
Despite statements about guarantees of profit on any investment, most of the proposals still contain risks. They can be internal or external in nature, so not all dangers are predictable. Part of the problem is solved when compiling an investment portfolio that reduces the likelihood of losses.
An unfavorable market situation can lead to losses.
Depending on the type of investment, there are risks of the following types:
Liquidity risk. Interest in an asset may drop sharply, and its value will be significantly lower than the purchase price, regardless of the state of the current market.
Inflation. Purchasing power in the market may decrease so much that all assets will lose a large percentage of liquidity.
Currency. If assets are related to foreign currencies, devaluation in the domestic market leads to a decrease in the value of assets in ruble terms.
Legal. Changes in the regulatory framework can reduce/increase the risk of losses.
There are man-made, natural factors, but they are initially referred to as force majeure and are prescribed in contracts as separate clauses. The rest can be “adapted” by constantly monitoring changes in the financial market (domestic, global), with timely adjustment of the investment portfolio as new laws come into force.
Rules for safe investment
It will be easier to reduce risks if the use of investment rules is envisaged at the portfolio planning stage. They are universal and allow you to reduce the risk of investments to a reasonable minimum. It is impossible to completely exclude this option.
Investment security depends on the investor’s compliance with the basic rules.
The following principles are best known:
It is accepted to invest only free funds. Loans should be excluded from the portfolio due to excessive risk.
It is necessary to clearly draw up a list of objects where it is planned to invest money.
Equal investment of funds in various assets is recommended.
Before investing, you should carefully study the projects, including feedback from investors from previous periods.
Profit up to the full return of the initial deposit should be accumulated until the investment portfolio reaches 100% profitability.
One should not succumb to excitement and transfer a large amount of money to the most risky projects, even if they have shown high profitability in past periods. No one is ever guaranteed to predict the level of profitability of any business.
Investing in real estate
Purchasing apartments or private cottages for the purpose of their further leasing has a number of advantages and disadvantages. The same applies to the acquisition of office or industrial buildings. The risks of investing in real estate are reduced to an increase in the cost of housing and communal services, the level of taxes, and other fees. Prices for housing and real estate in general are relatively stable, the liquidity of this asset changes slightly.
But there are many ways to make a profit:
Daily or hourly apartment rental.
Organization in the house or apartment of the guest house/hostel.
Leasing a garage, office/production space.
Purchase of mortgaged or seized property (usually at a reduced price) and resale at retail price.
Purchase of housing without repair, sale after self-restoration.
One of the popular directions is investing in capital multi-storey construction at the stage of “excavation” and the subsequent sale of finished apartments at an increased price. In any case, a substantial amount will be required, here it is not always possible to do without borrowed funds.
One option is to find a company that offers equity. Other risks appear in such projects: fraud, external circumstances of a natural and man-made nature (earthquake, hurricanes, etc. ).
Investing in gold and other precious metals
The advantage of investing in gold, silver, platinum and other precious metals is that they remain liquid for a long time. Changes in the political system or financial crises in the world market have practically no effect on the value of assets. During certain periods, the price may fall, this should be used to find the most advantageous moment for the purchase.
Investments in precious metals have the following characteristics:
Unlimited shelf life of assets, no risks of damage to metals due to corrosion, weathering.
Need for security. The value of assets makes you think about their safety from theft.
Versatility. Gold, platinum and other metals are liquid in any country.
One can also note the complete independence of investments in precious metals from the political and economic situation in the country. All metals allow you to choose the amount of investment based on the availability of free cash, including the possibility of additional purchase of assets.
Etsy is no longer supporting older versions of your web browser in order to ensure that user data remains secure. Please update to the latest version.
Take full advantage of our site features by enabling JavaScript.
Find something memorable,
join a community doing good.
(
360 relevant results,
with Ads
Sellers looking to grow their business and reach more interested buyers can use Etsy’s advertising platform to promote their items. You’ll see ad results based on factors like relevancy, and the amount sellers pay per click. Learn more.
)
SWISSGEAR Best Selling Laptop Backpacks
Items 1 to 12 of 50 total
Items per page:
12 Items
24 Items
36 Items
All Items
Page:
1
2
3
4
5
Sort by
Name
Price Low to High
Price High to Low
Newest Items
swissgear.com/backpacks/laptop-friendly-backpacks?dir=desc&order=bestsellers”>
Best Sellers
Position
Name
Price Low to High
Price High to Low
Newest Items
Best Sellers
Items 1 to 12 of 50 total
Items per page:
12 Items
24 Items
36 Items
All Items
Page:
1
2
3
4
5
Sort by
swissgear.com/backpacks/laptop-friendly-backpacks?dir=asc&order=position”>
Position
Name
Price Low to High
Price High to Low
Newest Items
swissgear.com/backpacks/laptop-friendly-backpacks?dir=desc&order=bestsellers”>
Best Sellers
Position
Name
Price Low to High
Price High to Low
Newest Items
Best Sellers
Backpacks for 17 inch laptops in Achinsk: 1163-products: free shipping, discount-73% [link]
Clothing and footwear
Clothing and footwear
Building materials
Building materials
Textiles and leather
Textiles and leather
Health and beauty
Health and beauty
Children’s goods
Children’s goods
Electrical
Electrical
Food and drink
Food and drink
Home and garden
Home and garden
Industry
Industry 9000 3 Furniture and interior
Furniture and interior
Water, gas and heat
Backpack for laptop Big Matein NTE, 17 “, black 003
-43%
2 826
4990
Backpack for laptop 17 . 3 inch Zohar LZ-06 with USB travel school made of polyester waterproof wear-resistant high capacity fabric with reinforced handle, 4 zipped compartments, blue
TO STORE
-50%
2 990
5990
Backpack for laptop 15 1 5.6 16 17 17 .3 inch Ultra RL California Type: Backpack for laptop ,
IN STORE
-38%
5427
8744
Backpack MyPads M9162 out high-quality wear-resistant waterproof nylon fabric for laptop Acer Lenovo Prestigio Xiaomi 15.6 / 16 17 inches urban youth with USB-connector and spacious shoe storage compartment climbing black.
TO STORE
-50%
2 990
5990
Backpack for laptop 900 67 15 15.6 16 17 17 .3 inch Ultra RL Avocado Type: Backpack for Notebook , Size:
IN STORE
-62%
2 291
5990
Backpack for laptop 15 15. 6 16 17 9 0067 17 .3 18 inch male female bag case Ultra BL, orange
IN STORE
case for laptop to 17 inch, zipped, water-repellent oxford fabric, size 44-32-2 cm, light gray for laptop is made of water-repellent oxford fabric. advantages of the material: water-repellent properties; resistance to pollution; strength; durability; wear resistance; ease of maintenance. This is a reliable protection for your laptop both inside and outside: soft
DETAILS
-47%
2 373
4490
Backpack 900 66 for laptop Matein Mlassic, 17 .3″, blue Backpack for laptop , Size: Length 35.000
IN STORE
-50%
4 555
91 47
Backpack – MyPads case M159-205 made of quality ABS plastic for 15.6/16/ 17 Acer Asus MSI Laptop with USB Port and Combination Lock Motorcyclists, Bikers, Gamers Students
IN STORE
-51%
2447
4990
Backpack for laptop Matein Lunchbox 17 ” black, with thermal lunchbox Type: Backpack for laptop ,
TO STORE
-47%
2 372
4490
Backpack for laptop Big Matein Mlassic backpack for laptop , Size: Length
IN STORE
17 -inch laptop17 inch laptops
-50%
2 990
5990
Backpack for laptop 15 15. 6 1 6 17 17 .3 18 inch male female shoulder bag case Ultra RL, anchors
TO STORE
-52%
2 040
4290
Backpack for laptop 9006 7 Big Matein NTE, 17 “, gray Type: Backpack for laptop : Length 36.000
IN STORE
-39%
3 596
5860
Backpack men’s black, for 90 067 Notebook 17 , Study Type: Backpack for laptop , Size: Length 43.000 Width
IN STORE
-59%
2 273
5580
RIVAC ASE 7567 dark gray Water-repellent urban sports backpack for laptop 17 , 3″, USB port, anti-theft security dark gray
17 . 3″ Backpack RivaCase Borneo black (7860) Colour: black, Warranty ia: 2 years, Arrival to shop:
TO STORE
17 ” Backpack RivaCase 5361, blue Colour: blue, Warranty: 2 years, Arrival at the store: 2023-06-20
TO STORE
17 ” Backpack 900 67 RivaCase 8460 black Colour: black, Warranty: 2 Year, Arrival at store: 2023-06-20
TO STORE
Backpack Benton for laptop 17 Stock balance: 1
DETAILS
2 pages of 32
Backpacks for 17″ laptops
How to choose a laptop bag?
Every third family in the modern world has a laptop on the table. Often a laptop is not personal, but a family asset, and it does not move anywhere from its place. But if a laptop is your personal means of rest or work, then, one way or another, you sometimes take it with you, while really wanting it to last longer. For the safety of the laptop and its convenient transportation, a bag-case for it can become your indispensable assistant.
The intended purpose of laptop bags is diverse, as is their range. These are backpacks with special compartments for travelers, which allow you to carry with you a lot of personal items, except for a laptop; and business cases, which will certainly be part of your official image; and light, bright bags with a crossover belt, which are sure to appeal to lovely ladies. As for the materials of bags, their choice is also wide: leather, nylon, plastic, aluminum, suede.
When it comes to choosing a laptop bag, there are a few things to keep in mind.
Bag type
Deciding on the type of bag for your laptop is very simple by answering the questions: “What is your lifestyle? Where do you take your laptop with you? Most often, we travel with a laptop within the same city, so bags with a flip over shoulder handle and a pair of regular handles are considered the most popular option. In such bags it is easy to carry a laptop over short distances, they do not interfere with public transport, throwing the bag over your shoulder, you free your hands. In addition, the color range of such bags is the widest, and you can easily choose the one that suits you.
A business laptop bag in a classic design made of genuine leather is an ideal option, allowing you to come with it both to business meetings and meetings with friends. It borders on convenience with a business case, but, unfortunately, it looks confident only in the hands of a strong half of humanity.
Folders are also convenient for a business person, the only purpose of which is to transfer a laptop from one place to another. They will provide the necessary protection from scratches, but not from bumps.
Backpacks will appeal to lovers of an active lifestyle, in addition, there are now “urban-style” backpacks that include a laptop compartment, small shapes and bright sports colors.
When choosing the type of bag, remember – the main thing is that it is convenient for you!
Notebook bag dimensions
This is the most important parameter that you should pay attention to after you have decided on the type of bag. The size of your future laptop bag depends on the size of the screen diagonal, usually it is from 10 to 18 inches.
When buying a laptop, you probably paid attention to this parameter. But if the laptop was bought a long time ago, and the bag was needed only now, then you can determine the diagonal:
picking up a regular ruler. We measure the screen size diagonally and remember the math lessons at school: 1 inch = 2.54 cm. Using simple calculations, we get the desired size.
without a ruler by looking at the technical specifications of the laptop in the instructions or on the box. There is also an option for the laziest: you can simply turn the laptop over, see the full name of the model and google its diagonal. And then look at this table and find the right size.
It is worth considering the fact that usually bags with the indicated characteristic “for 15-inch laptops” are suitable for both 14- and 16-inch laptops. The laptop should easily fit into the bag and preferably be fixed with special straps inside. This will provide complete protection from scratches, so you don’t need to choose a bag that is too large.
Manufacturers make bags with a small margin so that the laptop is easy to get. If you are going to carry a charger, a mouse, folders with documents and other things in addition to a laptop, choose a bag with a lot of compartments.
Bag material
The quality of the protection of the laptop from scratches and bumps, as well as its weight, depends on the correctly chosen material of the bag.
The best material for bags of this purpose is genuine leather. It allows the bag to “breathe” and you can wear it at any time of the year. In addition, such a bag is waterproof, which is also one of the main factors when choosing a bag. Leather bags are versatile, this is a great option for frequent and daily wear. These bags look formal and elegant, suitable for both businessmen and business women.
Cases made of hard plastic and aluminum are the best protection against impacts. But their disadvantage is the extra weight in the hand. Black briefcases and cases can resemble small suitcases that will become relevant for lovers of retro style.
Bags made from nylon or polyester are the lightest and also great for daily use. Textile bags have a special waterproof coating that will protect your laptop from rain.
In our store, Mr. Wallet presents bags made of genuine leather, which are distinguished by their unsurpassed finish and tailoring quality. These bags are durable and will reliably protect your laptop.
In addition, for lovers of a bright and unobtrusive style, we present to your attention textile bags with colored trim.
Finish quality
The quality of the finish must be impeccable. The seams on the bag should be perfectly stitched, the sides sealed. There should not be any plastic fasteners and locks on the bag – such recklessness can cost your laptop a life.
Are you sure you want to remove the following product from the cart?
In a Slump? Time to Stand Up
Helping people have happier, healthier workdays is the reason we created VariDesk®. That’s why millions worldwide trust us to elevate their workspaces.
SHOP SIT-STAND SOLUTIONS
VariDesk Desktop Converters
Sits on top of your existing desk
Desks and Tables
Full-size standing desks and tables
Seating
Chairs, stools, and active seating
Storage
File cabinets and open storage
Partitions & Privacy
Privacy panels, privacy booth, and walls
Accessories
Mats, monitor arms, lighting, and more
The Simple Way to a Better Workday
Our VariDesk line of height-adjustable desktop converters set the industry standard for quality and customer satisfaction.
Get Happier and Healthier
Moving more and sitting less at work is good for your physical and emotional health. *
Be More Productive
Height-adjustable desk users can improve productivity by up to 46%.*
Feel More Comfortable
Using a standing desk can help relieve back pain and other issues caused by too much sitting.*
Shop Converters
Shop Standing Desks
Our Best Sellers
Browse our most popular adjustable desks, stand-up desk converters, and office furniture.
Previous
Quick Shop
Electric Standing Desk 60×30
Price reduced from
$850.00
to
$722.50
Select Options
Out Of Stock
Our best selling Electric Standing Desk
Perfect for multiple-monitor setup
Quick Shop
VariDesk® Pro Plus™ 36
Price reduced from
$425.00
to
$361.25
Select Options
Out Of Stock
For two monitors
Our best-selling standing desk converter
Quick Shop
Electric Standing Desk 72×30
Price reduced from
$950. 00
to
$807.50
Select Options
Out Of Stock
Largest worksurface
Smooth, quiet lift supports up to 180 lbs
Quick Shop
Electric Standing Desk 48×30
Price reduced from
$750.00
to
$637.50
Select Options
Out Of Stock
Assembles in minutes with included tools
Supports up to 220lbs
Quick Shop
Task Chair
$375.00
Select Options
Out Of Stock
Ergonomically designed
Chiropractor endorsed
Quick Shop
Dual-Monitor Arm
Price reduced from
$275.00
to
$233.75
For two monitors
Fully articulating with tension adjustment
Quick Shop
Active Seat
Price reduced from
$295.00
to
$250.75
Dynamic movement sitting and standing
Durable and sturdy
Quick Shop
VariDesk® Cube Corner® 36
Price reduced from
$525. 00
to
$446.25
For two monitors
Fits corner workspaces and L-shaped desks
Quick Shop
VariDesk® Pro Plus™ 30
Price reduced from
$375.00
to
$300.00
For one monitor
Desktop converter with posture curve and rowing lift
Quick Shop
File Cabinet
$375.00
Select Options
Out Of Stock
Soft-close and lockable drawers
Letter- or legal-sized hanging file storage
Quick Shop
VariDesk® Pro Plus™ 48
Price reduced from
$525.00
to
$446.25
For two monitors
Desktop converter with posture curve and rowing lift
Next
Flexible Workspace Solutions
Create a happier, healthier workspace whether you’re working from home, back at the office, or doing a little of both.
Spaces to Fit Your Workstyle
We can create the spaces you need where you need them. Whether you need workstations that boost productivity, private offices for focused work, or meeting areas and casual seating for collaboration, our collection covers it all.
Previous
Next
Which Standing Desk is Right For You?
TAKE THE QUIZ
VIEW ALL RESOURCES
Quality We Can Stand Behind
Our VariDesk line of desktop converters set the industry standard and inspired plenty of other products on the market, but there’s a reason we continue to be the #1 name in sit-stand desk solutions: Unmatched quality and customer service.
Every Vari product is tested and certified to meet the highest industry standards for durability and safety, and each one comes with a solid warranty and a risk-free, 30-Day Hassle-Free Returns Policy.
Get fully furnished fast
Built For Growth
Vari makes it simple to furnish your growing business, because we’ve streamlined the process from factory to fully furnished. With solutions for executive offices, open-plan workstations, meeting rooms, and more, we’re your end-to-end solution for getting your project done on time and within budget. And when things change, your Vari workspace can adapt to your needs quickly and easily.
LEARN MORE
The Vari Advantage
Every time you buy a Vari product, you get quality, convenience, and a risk-free purchase you can feel good about.
30-Day Risk Free Returns
You can return any product for any reason within 30 days of purchase
Free Delivery
All products ship free**
Buy Now, Pay Later
Easy financing with Affirm monthly payments
Quality Products
Tested and certified to the highest industry standards
What Our Happy Fans Have to Say
Previous
“An environment like this that looks open and fresh and clean and innovative is a place that creative people want to work in.”
Adam S., President of Global Marketing at UEG
“We’re going to get the best talent out there because it feels like the best workspace available.”
Evan G., Sr. Director of QC and Innovation
“Anything we needed, the Vari team would think ahead for us. They over delivered.”
Daymond John, Entrepreneur and Investor
“Vari had all the different types of furniture that complemented exactly what we were trying to do in the environment we wanted to create. ”
Erik Huberman, Founder and CEO, Hawke Media
“We don’t want [employees] to be sedentary…an employee that has more energy is going to be a more effective employee, and it’s going to keep your healthcare costs down. When they’re healthier, they’re happier.”
Mark Cuban, Owner, Dallas Mavericks
“Making the decision to go with Vari has really increased our engagement with our employees.”
Richard Baker, Co-Founder and CEO, Frontera
Next
Imagine the Possibilities
Take a peek at our lookbook and get inspired to create your own active workspace.
DOWNLOAD THE LOOKBOOK
Space as a Service
VariSpace® Southlake is Move-In Ready
Welcome to office space re-defined. VariSpace Southlake is designed to elevate the way businesses approach their office environment. This innovative workspace brings first-class amenities and flexible space solutions together in a multi-tenant campus ideal for enterprise-level tenants. Tenants can choose flexible lease terms of three years or longer; opportunities are available from 10,000 square feet to 250,000 square feet and are fully furnished to meet their needs. Take a video tour here.
Learn More About VariSpace
Helpful Resources
Tools, tips, and ideas for choosing and using our products.
Previous
Get Your Company On Board
A few tips on getting leadership to consider (and pay for) standing desks.
READ ARTICLE
Find the Best Sit-Stand Solution For You
Simply answer a few quick questions and we’ll suggest the best height-adjustable Vari® product for you.
TAKE THE QUIZ
Sit-Stand Desks: A User’s Guide
Do’s and don’ts for getting the most out of your height-adjustable standup desk.
READ ARTICLE
Next
*Sources can be found here**Free delivery to the contiguous 48 US states. Free installation on qualifying orders in the contiguous US. Items in the Essential Collection are ineligible for free installation or room-of-choice delivery.
Product ID
languageCode
function
form_submission_site__c
campaignId
Vari Standing Desks & Office Furniture
Skip to main content
Skip to footer content
Are you sure you want to remove the following product from the cart?
In a Slump? Time to Stand Up
Helping people have happier, healthier workdays is the reason we created VariDesk®. That’s why millions worldwide trust us to elevate their workspaces.
SHOP SIT-STAND SOLUTIONS
VariDesk Desktop Converters
Sits on top of your existing desk
Desks and Tables
Full-size standing desks and tables
Seating
Chairs, stools, and active seating
Storage
File cabinets and open storage
Partitions & Privacy
Privacy panels, privacy booth, and walls
Accessories
Mats, monitor arms, lighting, and more
The Simple Way to a Better Workday
Our VariDesk line of height-adjustable desktop converters set the industry standard for quality and customer satisfaction.
Get Happier and Healthier
Moving more and sitting less at work is good for your physical and emotional health.*
Be More Productive
Height-adjustable desk users can improve productivity by up to 46%.*
Feel More Comfortable
Using a standing desk can help relieve back pain and other issues caused by too much sitting.*
Shop Converters
Shop Standing Desks
Our Best Sellers
Browse our most popular adjustable desks, stand-up desk converters, and office furniture.
Previous
Quick Shop
Electric Standing Desk 60×30
Price reduced from
$850.00
to
$722.50
Select Options
Out Of Stock
Our best selling Electric Standing Desk
Perfect for multiple-monitor setup
Quick Shop
VariDesk® Pro Plus™ 36
Price reduced from
$425.00
to
$361.25
Select Options
Out Of Stock
For two monitors
Our best-selling standing desk converter
Quick Shop
Electric Standing Desk 72×30
Price reduced from
$950. 00
to
$807.50
Select Options
Out Of Stock
Largest worksurface
Smooth, quiet lift supports up to 180 lbs
Quick Shop
Electric Standing Desk 48×30
Price reduced from
$750.00
to
$637.50
Select Options
Out Of Stock
Assembles in minutes with included tools
Supports up to 220lbs
Quick Shop
Task Chair
$375.00
Select Options
Out Of Stock
Ergonomically designed
Chiropractor endorsed
Quick Shop
Dual-Monitor Arm
Price reduced from
$275.00
to
$233.75
For two monitors
Fully articulating with tension adjustment
Quick Shop
Active Seat
Price reduced from
$295.00
to
$250.75
Dynamic movement sitting and standing
Durable and sturdy
Quick Shop
VariDesk® Cube Corner® 36
Price reduced from
$525. 00
to
$446.25
For two monitors
Fits corner workspaces and L-shaped desks
Quick Shop
VariDesk® Pro Plus™ 30
Price reduced from
$375.00
to
$300.00
For one monitor
Desktop converter with posture curve and rowing lift
Quick Shop
File Cabinet
$375.00
Select Options
Out Of Stock
Soft-close and lockable drawers
Letter- or legal-sized hanging file storage
Quick Shop
VariDesk® Pro Plus™ 48
Price reduced from
$525.00
to
$446.25
For two monitors
Desktop converter with posture curve and rowing lift
Next
Flexible Workspace Solutions
Create a happier, healthier workspace whether you’re working from home, back at the office, or doing a little of both.
Spaces to Fit Your Workstyle
We can create the spaces you need where you need them. Whether you need workstations that boost productivity, private offices for focused work, or meeting areas and casual seating for collaboration, our collection covers it all.
Previous
Next
Which Standing Desk is Right For You?
TAKE THE QUIZ
VIEW ALL RESOURCES
Quality We Can Stand Behind
Our VariDesk line of desktop converters set the industry standard and inspired plenty of other products on the market, but there’s a reason we continue to be the #1 name in sit-stand desk solutions: Unmatched quality and customer service.
Every Vari product is tested and certified to meet the highest industry standards for durability and safety, and each one comes with a solid warranty and a risk-free, 30-Day Hassle-Free Returns Policy.
Get fully furnished fast
Built For Growth
Vari makes it simple to furnish your growing business, because we’ve streamlined the process from factory to fully furnished. With solutions for executive offices, open-plan workstations, meeting rooms, and more, we’re your end-to-end solution for getting your project done on time and within budget. And when things change, your Vari workspace can adapt to your needs quickly and easily.
LEARN MORE
The Vari Advantage
Every time you buy a Vari product, you get quality, convenience, and a risk-free purchase you can feel good about.
30-Day Risk Free Returns
You can return any product for any reason within 30 days of purchase
Free Delivery
All products ship free**
Buy Now, Pay Later
Easy financing with Affirm monthly payments
Quality Products
Tested and certified to the highest industry standards
What Our Happy Fans Have to Say
Previous
“An environment like this that looks open and fresh and clean and innovative is a place that creative people want to work in.”
Adam S., President of Global Marketing at UEG
“We’re going to get the best talent out there because it feels like the best workspace available.”
Evan G., Sr. Director of QC and Innovation
“Anything we needed, the Vari team would think ahead for us. They over delivered.”
Daymond John, Entrepreneur and Investor
“Vari had all the different types of furniture that complemented exactly what we were trying to do in the environment we wanted to create. ”
Erik Huberman, Founder and CEO, Hawke Media
“We don’t want [employees] to be sedentary…an employee that has more energy is going to be a more effective employee, and it’s going to keep your healthcare costs down. When they’re healthier, they’re happier.”
Mark Cuban, Owner, Dallas Mavericks
“Making the decision to go with Vari has really increased our engagement with our employees.”
Richard Baker, Co-Founder and CEO, Frontera
Next
Imagine the Possibilities
Take a peek at our lookbook and get inspired to create your own active workspace.
DOWNLOAD THE LOOKBOOK
Space as a Service
VariSpace® Southlake is Move-In Ready
Welcome to office space re-defined. VariSpace Southlake is designed to elevate the way businesses approach their office environment. This innovative workspace brings first-class amenities and flexible space solutions together in a multi-tenant campus ideal for enterprise-level tenants. Tenants can choose flexible lease terms of three years or longer; opportunities are available from 10,000 square feet to 250,000 square feet and are fully furnished to meet their needs. Take a video tour here.
Learn More About VariSpace
Helpful Resources
Tools, tips, and ideas for choosing and using our products.
Previous
Get Your Company On Board
A few tips on getting leadership to consider (and pay for) standing desks.
READ ARTICLE
Find the Best Sit-Stand Solution For You
Simply answer a few quick questions and we’ll suggest the best height-adjustable Vari® product for you.
TAKE THE QUIZ
Sit-Stand Desks: A User’s Guide
Do’s and don’ts for getting the most out of your height-adjustable standup desk.
READ ARTICLE
Next
*Sources can be found here**Free delivery to the contiguous 48 US states. Free installation on qualifying orders in the contiguous US. Items in the Essential Collection are ineligible for free installation or room-of-choice delivery.
14 Best Folding Rowing Machines for Small Spaces- Woman’s World
Thanks to fitness boutiques like OrangeTheory and Crossfit gyms, rowing or ergs are back on everyone’s radar. Rowers are fun, easy on the joints, and one of the more efficient ways to get a full-body workout. Unfortunately, they’re also large. If you’re lucky enough to have entire room dedicated to a home gym, that may not be an issue. But if you don’t have the square footage to spare or don’t want a huge machine in the middle of your living room, that can pose a problem. Luckily, there are some excellent rowers on the market. The best folding rowing machines don’t take up a lot of space, are surprising affordable, and are just as good as their non-folding relatives. Keep reading to see our favorites.
What are the best folding rowing machines?
Best folding rowing machine : Echelon Smart Rower
Best folding rowing machine for Seniors : Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rower
Best immersive folding rowing machine : Hydrow Wave Rower
Best folding rowing machine for home : ProForm 750R Smart Rowing Machine
Best rowing machine for small spaces : Lanos Hydraulic Rowing Machine
Best folding rowing machine for beginners : CIRCUIT FITNESS Deluxe Foldable Magnetic Rowing Machine
Best concept2 RowErg rowing : Concept2 RowErg
Best folding rowing machine with back support : Avari Conversion II Rower
Best foldable rowing machine with screen : NordicTrack RW Rower
Best compact folding rowing machine : ProGear 750 Rower
Are foldable rowing machines any good?
When shopping home workout equipment there’s always a concern that you’ll be sacrifice quality for the sake of having a machine that fits in your space. I won’t name names, but I distinctly recall when a member of my family bought a “self-powered” treadmill. Although its size was unobtrusive, walking on it was like trudging through mud. To be fair, folding treadmills have come a long since then, but that one was terrible. It quickly was shoved into a corner and forgotten.
Rowing machines are awesome machines. However, one can question if the foldables are as good as the non-folding rowers. Short answer: Yes. In fact, there’s not much difference between collapsable rowers and traditional ones. They can have more parts in terms of assembly, but they generally are just as durable, and most are engineered to track your workout progress while providing a comfortable exercise experience.
Another benefit of folding rowing machines is that most have transport wheels, making them simpler to move. Like traditional ergs, they vary in size and resistance type. Some collapse into a slender rectangular unit, while others only partially fold. Pay attention to dimensions, especially height.
Does a rowing machine reduce belly fat?
Rowing machines offer a low impact exercise, making them a great option for those who have joint concerns. Rowing raises your heart rate, meaning it counts as a cardio workout. Alternatively, it also counts as strength training. According to the AFPA (American Fitness Professionals Association) indoor rowing uses up to 90 percent of your body’s muscles, making it a full body workout. It engages your back, arms, legs, and even your core!
“For aging adults in particular, rowing provides a low impact method to achieve fat and [burn calories in a relatively short amount of time,” explains Certified ACE Group Fitness Instructor Celine Corbie.
Many women begin to notice an increase in belly fat as they age, according to the Mayo Clinic. Consequently, this puts them at risk for heart disease, and cancer. The good news is that exercise, like rowing, can reduce excess weight. Corbie explains:
“Unlike crunches, planks, or numerous other core exercises, the rower allows one to target their abdomen, in a more sophisticated, sneaky manner! While the majority of your power output comes from the glutes, quadriceps, and hamstrings, that slight lean (about 45 degrees) at the back of the rower belt engages your entire core, stabilizing the upper body to allow for a full stroke. ”
According to an article from Harvard Medical School, even if you don’t lose weight, regularly exercising can reduce the size of your waist.
What type of rower is the best?
There are four kinds of rowing, each based on the type of resistance they offer. Depending on the brand, most offer similar accessories (think pre-programed workouts and stroke counters). The best folding rowing machine for you will depend on the size of your space, budget, and if noise is a concern.
Noise? you say? Yes. If you’re familiar with rowing from your gym, then you may have noticed how some make a loud whooshing sound as you pull back the T bar. This comes from the flywheel, which is where the resistance is generated. At a chattery gym, the sound may not be irritating. However, if you’re hoping to squeeze in a row while your hubby is sleeping, a quiet rower will be a non-negotiable.
Magnetic rowers are one of the most common types. Unlike other kinds of rowers, they don’t become harder to pull the faster you go, and are great for beginners. They are relatively quiet. In contrast, air rowing machines (what you find at most gyms) are much louder. This doesn’t make them bad, however. Some rowing machines, like the Concept2 RowErg, have been designed to keep the noise factor low.
Water rowers have their flywheel in a tank, and create a drag similar to a real boat. They do make noise, but it’s not loud, and you may find it soothing. The amount of water in the tank will determine the machines resistance. Although you may think they wouldn’t make the best folding rowing machine, there are models, like the Trunk Water Rowing Machine or this one by XTERRA, which are surprisingly compact.
Hydraulic rowers utilize pistons to create resistance, are not exceptionally noisy, and are inexpensive. They’re very slim in comparison to other rowers, and are the best foldable rowing machines if you’re short on room.
What is the highest rated home rowing machine?
There are many rowing machines that people are nuts over. For example, the Hydrow Rower, comes with a 22-inch touchscreen, and made it onto Oprah’s Favorite Things 2021 list. It can be stored upright. However, compact it’s not. Alternatively, the NordicTrack RW900 also comes with a large display, cost less, and folds.
One of the best folding rowing machines is the Sunny Health and Fitness Magnetic Rower. Along with being under $500, its railing can be turned horizontally and stands only 53.5 inches high. It doesn’t have a fancy screen, but that clearly doesn’t matter to the 9,000 folks who gave it 5-stars on Amazon.
What is the best compact rowing machine?
Some folding rowing machines can still look a bit chunky when compressed. If you’re determined to keep yours out of sight when not in use, hydraulics, like the Stamina BodyTrak Glider or LANOS Hydraulic Rowing Machine are the way to go. They don’t have a flywheel, which saves a ton of room. They’re also lighter than other rowing machines, so they’re easy to transport from one place to another.
What is the best folding rowing machine?
This is where you guess that I’m going to tell you that depends on what you’re looking for. While that’s true, I strongly suggest considering the type of workout experience you’re looking for. If you’re easily bored or find a trainer helpful, the best folding machine for you may be one that includes an app, like the ShareVgo Smart Rower. However, if you’re fine with popping in your Apple Airpods and rowing till your hearts content, there are plenty of rowers that don’t require you to download, upload, or connect a darn thing but your butt to the seat.
Looking for even more options? Check out our other exercise equipment recommendations:
Best Rowing Machines for Seniors
Best Folding Exercise Bikes
Best Treadmills for Walking for Seniors
Best Exercise Bikes for Seniors
Best Folding Rowing Machines
Best folding rowing machine
Amazon
25% off!
Buy from Amazon, $749. 99 (was $999)
Why we like it:
Smooth movement
Resistance built into handles
Rotating device holder
The Echelon Smart Rower features 32 levels of magnetic resistance, all which can be controlled conveniently through its handlebars. The seat effortlessly slides back and forth as you push and pull. Place your smartphone or tablet in the device holder. It rotates and flips, and if you become an Echelon member ($39.99 monthly) you’ll have access to studio workouts and music. Measures 40 inches long and 21 inches wide when folded. Don’t be surprised if you fall in love with how silent but efficient this rower is, as one user did.
“This product is sturdy, silent, and gives a good workout. There is a lot of range for resistance and my six-foot frame fits nicely with room to spare.”
BUY NOW
Best folding rowing machine for Seniors
Amazon
45% off!
Buy from Amazon, $219. 97 (was $399)
Why we like it:
Easy to move
Adjustable foot straps
Easy to read monitor
If you’re new to rowing, the Magnetic Rowing Machine from Sunny Health & Fitness is for you. Pivoting pedals are anti-slip and keep feet in place, while large handles provide comfortable gripping. A monitor on the flywheel makes tracking your distance and time easy, and there are eight resistance options to choose from. One of the most popular foldable rowing machines on the market, users love its functionality:
“I can’t believe what a great value this is! It’s quieter than the one at the gym but gives the same experience. Obviously it’s not getting commercial-level use at my home, but I use it every night when I watch TV, and it has been everything I could want. I really can’t believe such a great rower is available at the price point it is. I don’t feel like there were any tradeoffs.
BUY NOW
Best immersive rowing machine
Hydrow
Save $200!
Buy from Hydrow, $1,695 (was $1,895)
Why we like it:
Similar features as Hydrow Rower but lighter
Perfect for small spaces
Color options!
Everyone knows the Hydrow Rower and its gorgeous design. If you can’t get out into the water, it’s the next best thing with its electromagnetic drag mechanism that makes each stroke feel like you’re gliding through actual waves. If you’ve always wanted the machine but couldn’t fit it in your home, you’ll love the Hydrow Wave Rower. It technically doesn’t fold but is narrow, and can be stored upright for storage with a vertical anchor. Like the Hydrow Rower, it offers a more authentic rowing experience but is 30 percent smaller. It also comes in four different colors. No matter how “cozy” your dwelling space is, the machine won’t take up precious room and may actually enhance the aesthetic instead of taking away. It has a 16 inch screen, and if you have a Hydrow All-Access Membership ($44 per month), you can virtually row around the world, plus take part of yoga classes, circuit training, conditioning and more! The screen doesn’t rotate but gliding mechanism is so quiet, you can workout whenever you want without disturbing anyone.
buy now
Best folding rowing machine for home
Amazon
Buy from Walmart, $599.99
Why we like it:
30 day iFit membership
Dual speakers
Quick resistance controls
It’s not the open seas, but maybe the next best thing. The Proform 750R Smart Rowing Machine has pedals that pivot with your movements, bringing a more natural rowing experience. What we really love is that the purchase of this rower includes a 30 day membership to iFit. All you have to do is connect with your bluetooth to your phone or tablet and your iFit trainer can select from the machine’s 24 quick resistance levels for you. You’ll also have access to virtual classes and their global workouts that will have your rowing as far as the African plains. The rower is on the heavy side (more than 100 pound), but it folds on itself and can be hidden in a corner or closet.
Buy NOW
Best rowing machine for small spaces
Amazon
20% off!
Buy from Amazon, $159.99 (was $199)
Why we like it:
Straightforward design
Compact
Manual resistance
The LANOS Hydraulic Rowing Machine doesn’t connect to Bluetooth or have fancy accessories, but that doesn’t mean it won’t make you sweat. This lightweight rower is only 34 pounds, so you can drag in front of your TV with no worries of straining a thing. Manually control your resistance, while checking your calorie burn on the monitor. Buyers on Amazon love its efficiency and compact design: “This machine is great. Easy on the joints, especially knees. I work longer and harder on this than I would a treadmill or running. Doesn’t take up a lot of room.”
BUY NOW
Best folding rowing machine for beginners
Amazon
Buy from Amazon, starting at $419. 90
Why we like it:
Comfortable seating
Quiet
Easy to read display
The Deluxe Foldable Magnetic Rowing Machine from CIRCUIT FITNESS is made with aluminum steel and can support 300 pounds. At nearly eight feet it’s on the larger side, but when folded it only measures four feet. The injection molded seat keeps your bum from becoming saddle sore, and the monitor tracks everything from stroke speed to the temperature of the room. You can even pause your progress if you need a bathroom break. According to one user, the rower is simple to assemble:
“It took this 55 year old 40 minutes to put together. I’m up to 45 minutes during daily workouts and have found muscles aching that I didn’t know I had…Within 10 minutes you will work up a sweat. I would recommend this product to older folks trying to get in shape or lose a few pounds.”
BUY NOW
Best concept2 RowErg rowing
Amazon
Buy from Amazon, $1,290
Why we like it:
Detaches for easy storage
Smartphone holder
Durable
Branded as a machine “built for rowers, by rowers,” the Concept2 RowErg is quiet and strong despite its slim build. It uses air resistance, which can be controlled through the damper. Expect smooth rowing from this bestseller that’s sure to keep you entertained while sweating. The performance monitor has games, workout options, and can connect to fitness apps, and bluetooth. Assembly is easy, and the base of the rower detaches for simple storing.
BUY NOW
<br>Best folding rowing machine with back support
Amazon
14% off!
Buy from Amazon, $699 (was $699)
Why we like it:
Magnetic resistance
Seatback
Rower bike hybrid
Trying to choose between a recumbent bike and rower? You don’t have to! The Avari Conversion II Rower has an oversized seat and cushy back, making it a great option if back support is a concern. The monitor at the front of the machine is easy to operate, tracks speed, time, and the calories you’ve burned. Pulse pistons on the side of the seat measure your heart rate. One Amazon reviewer loved how it didn’t bring clutter to their home.
“This is a great piece of exercise equipment for those who may want to get into better shape. What I like is that you have the choice of rowing or biking, and it folds up and out of the way. This is ideal for apartment living or if you just don’t want your exercise equipment taking up all your space.”
BUY NOW
Best foldable rowing machine with screen
Amazon
16% off!
Buy from Amazon, $1,347.37
Why we like it:
22 inch screen
Spacious pedals
Nearly half the cost of similar rowers
Interactive rowers, like the Hydrow Rower, are all the rage, and though there are many that connect to apps, it’s nice to have one that includes a screen. The NordicTrack RW Rower has a 22 inch touchscreen and connects to the iFit platform. You can join studio classes or have iFit expert trainers control the intensity of your workouts. A monthly membership to the platform is $39.99, but your purchase includes a 30 day family membership (up to 5 users). This rower comes with 26 different options for digital resistance, as well as magnetic and air, which can be adjusted manually. Pedals are oversized, so no worries about uncomfortable footing. Measures 50.4 inches high and 36.2 inches wide when folded. If you’re not completely convinced the rower is worth your investment, here is one review a happy customer left:
“I have always wanted a rower, and decided that one that linked to the awesome iFit interface that I was already familiar with would be a great addition to our gym. The machine was easy to assemble, and can fold easily to make extra room if needed. The large screen makes it feel like you are actually rowing. There are tons of workouts to choose from and lots include floor exercises for cross training. I really like that the beginner classes have taught me better form. I definitely have felt an improvement in my style of rowing, and really enjoy having this as part of my home gym.”
BUY NOW
Best compact folding rowing machine
Amazon
Buy from Amazon, $235.38
Why we like it
Multifunctional
Thick padded seat
Independent resistance
Rowers offer cardio and strength training in one machine, but the ProGear 750 takes things to a new level. The seat is extra thick (AKA comfortable) and can be adjusted to three different angles. Another quick adjustment and the rower can be used to perform pull downs, bent over rows, and shoulder presses. Independent hydraulic cylinders allows you to manually adjust resistance. This is a really nice feature if you’re rehabbing an arm or struggling with body imbalances. The LDC display shows the basic stats, but the rower doubling as a traditional circuit station makes up for it. The rower even made one customer give up their gym membership.
“I get a super workout on my arms and upper legs – so much better than the flywheel rower I used at the Y. [Its] action is very smooth, and when I pull the arms to the side instead of back and forth it actually feels like rowing in a lake. This is one of the best purchases I’ve made and best of all, I no longer have to go the Y where I see people not wiping down the equipment after use.”
BUY NOW
Best folding water rowing machine
Dick’s Sporting Goods
Buy from Dick’s Sporting Goods, $649.99
Why we like it:
Folds
Elevated seat
Large LCD console
The XTERRA ERG600W Water Rowing Machine has six levels of resistance, each dependent on the amount of water placed in the tank. Its high seat (13.5 inches high) makes getting on and off easy, and there are five pre-programmed workouts built in if you don’t know where to start. The large adjustable LED display screen track time, number of strokes, calories burned, distance, and more. When collapsed the rower is only 33 inches high. Users love the soothing sound the water makes, and how it impacts resistance.
“This is an incredible rowing machine. It’s almost silent, and the price & warranty blew me away. [I recommend] not putting too much water in the tank -just slightly above the minimum level. In six to 10 minutes your heart rate will be above the roof.”
buy now
Best budget folding rowing
Amazon
56% off!
Buy from Amazon, $143.60 (was $325)
Why we like it:
Full motion arms
Slim but solid structure
Affordable
What we like about the Stamina BodyTrack Glider 1050 is that even without smart tech it delivers in the muscle burning department. Don’t be skeptical about its thin frame. It’s made of solid steel. It has textured foot plates, and adjustable hydraulic resistance. The monitor allows you to track calories, time, your stroke total, and the entire machine is as slim as a pair of skis when folded. Instead of the standard T bar the rower has levers that offer a full range of motion. One happy customer raved about the workout it gave them: The jointed rowing arms is really great. Wide range of motion and you can change your rowing technique to work different muscles.
BUY NOW
Best MaxKara Folding Rowing Machine
Walmart
Buy from Walmart, $215.99 (was $389.99)
Why we like it:
Inertia-enhanced flywheel
Adjustment dial
No fuss quick start button
Keep your workout on the hush with this compact but mighty rower. The MaxKare Rowing Machine turns on with the press of a button, has comfortable seating, and 16 levels of resistance. Its flywheel is inertia-enhanced, making the pull super smooth and quiet. The handles are slip resistance, and when folded the rower only is 42.3. inches high and 37.4 wide. Reviewers lover its soundlessness and sweat producing capabilities.
“I’m so happy to have purchased this. No noise whatsoever. I love that I can hold my iPad on it [and] watch videos while working out. This was the most organized product to put together; took me maybe 20 minutes. It was wonderful, and within five minutes I was sweating! I love that I can fold and store it in the corner or the closet.”
BUY NOW
Best folding rowing machine under $500
Amazon
Buy from Amazon, $325.99
Why we like it:
Only counts true strokes
Quiet
Connects
Confession time: sometimes I spend more time “taking a break” on my fitness equipment than actually using it. Fortunately, that’s not possible with the ShareVgo Smart Rower. If you want to get credit for every mile you take, you have to give one full stroke for the machine to register it. Consider it a built-in accountability counter. Download the free subscription ShareVGo app, and connect the rower via your smartphone’s bluetooth to get an even more precise reading on your fitness stats or do the time-based challenges. The 48 inch steel rail is adjustable, accommodating both the petite and statuesque. Although the rower doesn’t fold into the slimmest unit, the rail can be turned vertically to become more compact.
BUY NOW
5 Best Foldable Rowing Machines (Summer 2023) – Reviews and Guide
NordicTrack is a popular brand that makes a range of high-quality home fitness machines. We simply had to include the NordicTrack RW900 as the best high-tech unit on our list. It comes with a large 22″ touch screen display with an adjustable console angle. You’ll receive a 1-year iFit membership with your display that will assist in tracking your fitness progress. There will be many fitness programs you’ll have access to that will teach you rowing workouts you can perform every day.
The structure of the NordicTrack RW900 is incredibly sturdy and robust. It has a silent magnetic resistance and inertia enhanced flywheel to give you a noise-free environment when you workout. The ergonomic seat provides comfort while you row. There are sections at the rear of the footplates that secure your feet in place. The treads and foot straps also hold your feet in place while you move.
This is a premium collapsible rowing machine that’s easy to store and travel with.
5
Budget Pick
MaxKare Magnetic Rowing Machine
8,5
Site Rank
Features
Type: magnetic
Resistance levels: 16
Stride rail length: 49 inches
Inseam rail length: 45 inches
Weight capacity: 264 lbs
Dimensions set-up: 76. 4 x 19.7 inches
Dimensions folded: 42.3 x 19.7 x 37.4 inches (folded)
Weight: 57.3 lbs.
More features: suitable for whole family use, large seat, 1-year warranty
Check price
Good
Bad
Good
Excellent weight capacity
Suitable for the whole family
16 resistance levels
Magnetic rower
Bad
Handle isn’t durable
Some hardware missing
We know that foldable rowing machines can be extremely expensive. That’s why we’ve included the MaxKare Magnetic foldable rowing machine on our list which is our budget pick. You’ll enjoy all the benefits this fold up rowing machine has to offer at an affordable price. The structure of the MaxKare foldable magnetic rowing machine is durable and sturdy. It’s also lightweight which makes this one of the best portable rowing machines on the market.
For comfort, the MaxKare has a soft cushioned seat that also ensures you maintain your posture while you row. The footplates are large to accommodate various sized feet. Use the footplate straps to prevent your feet from sliding when you exercise.
The flywheel is silent so you can exercise in a noise-free environment. This rowing machine provides many benefits for the body. It relieves spinal pressure and alleviates shoulder & back pain. The low impact workout protects your knees and prevents joint discomfort. Every time you use the MaxKare Magnetic rower you’ll be strengthening your legs, core, back and arms.
Things to Consider
A buying guide is crucial when purchasing any product. It provides information that you must look at before you buy your foldable rowing machine. The buyer’s guide assists you with making your final decision on which is the ideal product to pick for your workouts. Read through our buyer’s guide carefully so you know exactly what specs and features to consider before you make your final purchase decision.
Benefits of the foldable rowing machines
Before we discuss the health benefits of a foldable rowing machine, let’s go through the advantages of its structure. Typically a folding rowing machine is compact and lightweight. It doesn’t take up a lot of floor space and it’s easy to transport.
Foldable rowing machines are made with durable materials such as aluminum and steel. They are powder coated to prevent corrosion.
Now for the health benefits of these innovative exercise machines. Rowing is known as a low impact exercise which means it’s easy on the joints. A rowing machine provides effective aerobics exercises that are suitable for all ages. Aerobics exercises burn calories, increase your stamina, strengthen your immune system and release endorphins. This type of exercise improves your sleep quality and mental health.
Since a rowing machine targets major muscle groups it’s an effective way to raise your heart rate which has the following health benefits:
Increases weight loss
Improves blood flow
Increases oxygen flow to the muscles
Improves muscle flexibility
Rowing gives you a full-body workout that tones and strengthens the muscles in your legs, arms, core, back & shoulders. A folding rowing machine for the home is affordable, easy to assemble and extremely convenient.
Some foldable rowers come with display monitors with fitness programs that teach you how to perform various workouts. Some of these workouts are challenging and can increase your fitness levels in less than two months. You’ll notice an improvement in your posture because it teaches you the correct way to sit when rowing.
The resistance levels on your rowing machine will strengthen your arms and improve your muscle to fat ratios. That’s why it’s important to purchase a machine that has at least 10 resistance levels so you can continue to optimize your fitness levels.
Features to consider while choosing a foldable rowing machine
It’s important to consider all the features of a foldable rowing machine before you buy one. In this next section we’ll be going through the various types of rowing machines you can buy and the adjustments they provide. We’ll also give you information on the importance of weight capacity, rail length and dimensions. This section will help you pick the best rowing machine for your unique requirements.
Type
There are four types of rowing machines that you can consider. Each of these types has various specifications that will affect the weight, dimensions and fitness options on the machine. Let’s go through these four types of rowing machines starting with magnetic devices.
Magnetic rowing machines: This type of rowing machine operates on an electromagnetic brake system. These machines are the most popular because they produce less noise and allow the user to adjust the resistance before utilizing the machine. Adjustable resistance settings provide a consistent workout. If you’re looking for this type of exercise machine opt for the Velocity rower which is the best foldable magnetic rowing device on our list. An excellent alternative to the Velocity is the Everlast foldable magnetic rowing machine.
Hydraulic rowing machine: A hydraulic rowing machine has a smaller frame and they are much more affordable than magnetic devices. These machines operate on pistons and can work with fluid or air. They have resistance settings so you can have a more challenging workout. Hydraulic machines are compact, lightweight and easy to transport.
Air rowing machine: An air operated rowing machine has optimal resistance features. These machines have flywheels that create the resistance according to the intensity of your rowing strokes. They come in various designs that closely mimic the feeling of being in an actual rowboat. If you’re looking for a premium air row machine opt for our editor’s choice which is the Concept2 Model D foldable device.
Water rowing machine: If you want a real rowing experience then opt for a water operated machine. It utilizes water to add resistance by pushing the flywheel through water inside a tank. The downside to this machine is that it’s extremely costly. But the durability, high weight capacity and sturdy structure make this machine ideal for professional rowers who need to train daily. For people who simply want a home workout, it’s best to purchase a magnetic foldable rowing machine.
Hydraulic, air and magnetic operated machines come in foldable & non-foldable devices. The water rowing machine may not come in a foldable design because of the water tank attached to the flywheel. Water rowers are quite popular because they provide strong and quiet resistance. But they’re more difficult to assemble and they are bigger than fold up rowing machines.
Resistance levels
Foldable rowing machines are popular because they come with multiple levels of resistance that you can adjust easily. These foldable rowers are typically magnetic or hydraulic powered machines that have resistance settings. Water and air rowers don’t come with resistance settings so you’ll have to adjust your stroke intensity to regulate the tension.
A premium rowing machine should have resistance settings between 4.5 and 6.5. But most foldable rowing machines come with 10 or more resistance settings which is ideal if you want to keep challenging yourself with a stronger tension as you become more fit. And for example the NordicTrack RW900 model features as many as 26 resistance levels.
Rail length
Selecting a rowing machine with the proper rail length is important especially if you’re a tall person. With that in mind, hydraulic operated rowing machines are not ideal because they have smaller frames with shorter rail lengths. The longer the rail length is the wider your strokes will be.
It’s important to purchase a rowing machine that has the longest rail length possible to accommodate short and tall people. Purchase a rowing machine that has a rail length between 40″ and 50″ for best value for money.
Another important aspect to consider is the type of material the rail is made of for durability and the resistance it provides. Cheap plastic rails will wear fast and they produce the most noise. Steel, aluminum or nickel rails have a longer service life and they’re easy to maintain. Simply oil them regularly for a smoother and quieter pull.
Weight capacity
The weight capacity of the machine will determine the pounds it can withstand from one person. Smaller foldable rowing machines are surprisingly strong and sturdy so they’re able to withstand weight capacities between 200lbs and 260lbs. The benefit of these smaller machines is that they’re excellent for home use and they’re suitable for the entire family to use.
But if you’re looking for a machine that accommodates larger weight capacities you may have to purchase a bigger machine that might take up more floor space. Expensive machines are heavier and difficult to move but they can accommodate people who weigh up to 400lbs.
Purchasing a machine that can’t accommodate your weight can be dangerous and it can damage the rower. Weigh yourself before you purchase your rowing machine so you know exactly which one to buy.
The Concept2 Model D on our review list has a weight capacity of 500lbs. It’s a portable device that doesn’t take up a lot of space. This fold-up rowing machine is affordable and it’s suitable for indoor & outdoor use. With all of this available in one machine it’s clear that you can get value for money no matter your needs.
Dimensions and weight
If you don’t have much space you must consider the dimensions of your rowing machine. Fortunately, foldable rowing machines are compact so they don’t take up space. But it’s still important to measure the space you’ll be using so you know not to purchase a rowing machine that’s too big.
It’s advised that you also check the dimensions of the product when it’s folded so you know where you can store it.
If it’s too big even when folded you won’t be able to store it in a closet or under your bed. Not everyone wants to sacrifice floor space permanently, right?
The weight of the rowing machine is also important if you’re going to move it around often. If you want to take it with you on vacations then the machine must be light enough to transport in a trailer or truck. All our portable rowing machines are lightweight weighing between 50lbs and 100lbs, as for example MaxKare Magnetic foldable rowing machine.
One aspect to remember is that the bigger the machine is the heavier it will be and the more space it will accommodate. You simply don’t need a big heavy machine for home workouts. All you need is a robust rowing machine that’s compact and sturdy that lets you exercise in the comfort of your own home.
Warranty
Since rowing machines come with many parts including display monitors it’s important to opt for a device that’s covered by a long warranty period. If a component malfunctions you want to be able to replace it, right? Some machines will come with various warranties on all the parts. A premium machine will come with a warranty between 1 and 5 years on the entire machine.
Most of our machines on our review list come with a 1-year warranty except for the Concept2 Model D. The Concept2 Model D comes with a 5-year warranty on the frame and 2 years on all other parts. And it’s often worth spending more to get this longer coverage on a machine that you’ll use often.
Price
Compact foldable rowing machines’ price tags can range between $900 and $1200 depending on the materials used to manufacture them & the extra parts they come with. Machines that come with big displays such as the NordicTrack RW900 costs $1,599 which is actually a bargain.
Lower-grade machines will cost between $180 and $300 but they’re not as sturdy, durable or reliable. If you’re looking for a premium foldable rowing machine then buy the MaxKare device. All the foldable rowing machines on our list are made with durable materials and they come with beneficial features at premium prices.
FAQ
Are foldable rowing machines easy to assemble?
All foldable rowing machines come with a user-friendly manual to help you assemble your device. They come with all the parts and tools you need too. Simply follow the instructions in your manual to assemble your rowing machine correctly. Some foldable rowing machines such as the Concept2 Model D come with fewer parts to make it effortless to assemble. Setting up the Concept2 Model D will take less than 15 minutes.
All rowing machines should have proper nuts and bolts to secure each piece in place. It’s advised that you count all the parts you have and check them against your manual to ensure you have everything. This is because some people complain about missing parts after they’ve assembled most of the machine, which can be frustrating. So ensure you have all the parts and tools you need to assemble your machine before you start building it.
Are foldable rowing machines stable when in use?
This depends on the model and brand of your machine & if you’ve assembled it correctly. If you forget to secure a certain part of the machine it can cause instability. After you’ve assembled your rowing machine, give it a test. If the rowing machine wobbles, check that all the parts are secured properly. Tighten any nuts and bolts & test the machine again. You may have to take the machine apart and re-assemble it if it’s still not stable.
Make sure that the machine is placed on a flat surface because uneven surfaces can cause the rower to wobble when you work out.
Some lower quality machines are naturally rickety. That’s why it’s important to purchase a premium rowing machine so it doesn’t cause any hassles for you when you work out.
Our verdict
Now that you’ve gone through the reviews and our buyer’s guide it’s time to narrow down these machines down to our best three. First is our editor’s choice which is the Concept2 Model D. This machine is a magnetic type of rower with a large weight capacity of 500lbs. This machine has a rail length of 38″ which is suitable for tall and short people. You’ll also love the display monitor that tracks your fitness progress.
Our best-valued product is the Merax Magnetic exercise machine. It has eight resistance settings and a 15° angled seat rail. It has a long 49″ stride rail length and a weight capacity of 264lbs.
If you’re looking for a magnetic rowing machine you’ll love the Velocity Exercise Magnetic Rower foldable rowing machine. This is a product that features a drum magnetic control system and electronic tension for optimal friction to help you build muscle strength.
So which do you think is the best foldable rowing machine? We hope our guide helped you pick a suitable machine for your workout routines to ensure fitness for the future.
top 11 rating according to KP
A rowing machine is a device that allows you to keep fit. Indeed, during training on such a simulator, about 80% of all muscles are involved. In terms of muscle load, rowing is second only to skiing.
Home rower consists of seat, frame, handle or handles, flywheel. Some models are equipped with a computer that displays information about the training and the current state of the athlete. Others do not have a computer, but they are equipped with a holder for a tablet or smartphone, from which you can also track all the indicators, you just need to install the application.
To bring the process of training at home on such a simulator to real rowing on a boat, some manufacturers equip their models with a fan that simulates a gust of wind. A water rowing machine is often equipped with a removable heart rate sensor that is attached to the chest or neck. In some simulators, the heart rate monitor is built right into the handles.
Also, exercise machines differ in the loading system and can be:
Mechanical . These simulators are the most simple and budget. The load in such simulators is practically unchanged, or changes slightly. Work is carried out due to the resistance of hydraulic pistons.
Magnetic . These machines are also more suitable for beginners as they have a small number of levels. Such devices work due to a metal flywheel and a magnet.
Solenoid . These simulators are a more advanced version of magnetic ones. They are equipped with a servo drive and have a greater number of load levels.
Water . It is closest to rowing, since the input resistance has a variable load, by increasing or decreasing the volume of water in a special tank.
Aerodynamic . These simulators change their load due to the resistance of air masses. By pulling the propeller lever, the flywheel with the blades begins its work and takes on air resistance. Such models are characterized by high load and smooth running.
Aeromagnetic . These trainers are state of the art. They combine magnetic/electromagnetic and aerodynamic drag.
We have collected for you the best rowing machines for home in 2023, which you can find in our ranking.
HYPERFIT Rudersport G300 is the best compact rowing machine with a water load system for home training. Allows you to work out all muscle groups: arms, legs, abs, back, suitable for people weighing up to 135 kg. Thanks to the anatomical structure of the chair, pedals with 3D protector and clamps, non-slip handles provide a comfortable fit and comfort during the longest workouts.
The simulator has 15 built-in programs, including a competition program with a virtual opponent. You can choose one of 6 levels of activity in accordance with the level of your preparation and the goals of a particular lesson. The smart training computer monitors all training indicators, the state of the athlete and displays the data on the display.
The treadmill is stored upright when assembled and does not take up much space even in the smallest room.
Universal simulator with one of the most modern and advanced aerodynamic loading systems. The central thrust simulates rowing on a boat as much as possible. The device is able to withstand weight up to 150 kilograms, so this option is suitable for people with different builds.
Depending on your skills and preferences, you can choose from ten levels of activity. It is easy to move the exercise machine as it is equipped with transport rollers. The monitor is battery powered. It displays all relevant and useful information about the athlete and training (training time, number of strokes per minute, number of strokes per workout, distance traveled, heart rate, calorie consumption, pace).
The frame is strong, the construction is stable and the folding mechanism allows for compact storage. A large selection of features and an advanced system make this model more suitable for professionals than for beginners, who can choose a more budgetary and simpler option.
Main characteristics
Load system
aerodynamic
Type of rod
central
9 0053 Maximum user weight
150 kg
Number of load levels
10
Design features
transport rollers
Pros and cons
Sturdy construction, simulates paddling on water, folding mechanism
Quite bulky, time consuming to assemble
Yamaguchi Ya-Rower
Yamaguchi Ya-Rower. Photo: market.yandex.ru
The rowing machine is suitable exclusively for home use, as it has the simplest magnetic loading system. It is equipped with one handle for both hands with a central pull.
The machine is capable of carrying loads up to 110 kilograms and has 16 levels of resistance, allowing you to choose the one that best suits the athlete, depending on his skills, experience and goals. Good stability is ensured by compensators for uneven floors, there is an adjustment of the foot rests, which allows you to adjust them to the size of the foot. The model is suitable for people with height up to 190 centimeters.
Transport rollers allow you to move the machine without any serious physical effort. The folding mechanism makes the device as compact as possible. The display makes it convenient to view basic information about the training process and track the vital signs of the athlete himself (training time, number of strokes per workout, distance traveled, calorie consumption).
Main features
Load system
magnetic
Rod type
central
Maximum user weight
110 kg
900 53 Number of load levels
16
Design features
floor leveling, adjustable footrests, folding, transport rollers
Pros and cons
There is a monitor that displays all the settings, a comfortable soft handle
Takes up a lot of space, not very comfortable seat
Clear Fit Neptune RN 1000
Clear Fit Neptune RN 1000. Photo: market.yandex.ru and in the gym. The central type of thrust provides a high load, simulating the movements during rowing.
There are six levels of operation – from the easiest for beginners to the most difficult, which are designed for professional athletes. In total, the simulator has 22 programs, including: quick start, time training, distance training, target.
The device can be stored upright as it has a folding mechanism. It is very convenient that you can adjust the level of the inclination of the console, as well as the footrest, so the simulator adapts to each trainee and provides him with a comfortable position during training.
The monitor requires batteries to operate, which is not very convenient. If you are looking for an option that is as close as possible to the best professional models, but for home use, this device will suit you. If you are a beginner, you can choose a simpler and budget model with several modes and without a monitor.
Main characteristics
Loading system
water
Type of traction
central
90 053 Maximum user weight
140 kg
Number of load levels
6
Number of levels load
22
Built-in programs
Quick Start, by time, by distance, target
Pros and cons
High-quality build and durable materials, there is a computer on board
Makes a little noise during operation, no basic functions such as a stopwatch
AppleGate R12 AM
AppleGate R12 AM. Photo: market.yandex.ru
A rowing machine with an aeromagnetic loading system is designed for professional athletes who exercise on a regular basis. The central thrust imitates rowing to the smallest detail. In total, the model has 8 load levels, which are selected depending on the skills of the trainee.
The seat and footrests are adjustable to fit the person. The display is battery operated and allows you to analyze all the information about the athlete and the training process without connecting third-party sensors.
Compensators for uneven floors make it easy to practice on almost any surface. The weight limit is 120 kilograms.
Main features
Type of rod
central
Maximum user weight
120 kg
Number of load levels
8
Design features folding, transport rollers
Pros and cons
The simulator is equipped with a computer, solid assembly with even seams and good painting
There is no instruction manual in the kit, it slides a little on the floor, since there are no rubber feet
Titanium One R20 FF
Titanium One R20 FF. Photo: market.yandex.ru
Aerodynamic rowing machine is the ideal solution for athletes who do not want to go to the gym and prefer to train at home.
Central thrust system suitable for advanced users, it simulates rowing with high precision. The model is quite compact, so it is suitable even for installation in a small room. The folding mechanism allows you to store the simulator in an upright position. The screen receives information about the selected mode, the pulse of the trainee and other indicators.
The disadvantages of this model include a small screen, so if this parameter is one of the main ones for you, it is better to consider other models.
Main characteristics
Loading system
aerodynamic
Type of rod
central
Maximum user weight
120 kg
Design features
vertical storage, floor leveling, transport rollers 9
Not very stable, small computer screen dex.ru
Rower suitable for children and beginner athletes, because it has one of the simplest simple load systems – magnetic. Its scope is home workouts.
Central type of pull allows you to use two hands at the same time. The device can withstand a maximum weight of up to 125 kilograms, and 8 load levels allow you to choose the mode that matches the level of the athlete and his skills.
The machine has only one program: Quick Start. Compensators for uneven floors are responsible for the stability of the device during training. The console and footrests can be adjusted, which is very convenient. Special rollers are responsible for comfortable transportation. The trainer can be stored in an upright position.
The display shows all the necessary and useful information about the training session and the athlete’s condition (training time, strokes per minute, strokes per session, distance traveled, calories burned). It works on batteries.
Main features
Load system
magnetic
Type of rod
central
90 053 Maximum user weight
125 kg
Number of load levels
8
Number of programs workouts
1
Built-in programs
Quick Start
Pros and cons
Multiple levels, smooth ride, small size
Batteries run out quickly, seat squeaks a little during use, only one training program
Xterra ERG160
Xterra ERG160. Photo: market.yandex.ru
This rowing machine is suitable exclusively for home use, as it is equipped with a magnetic loading system, which is considered one of the simplest.
Despite exclusively home use, professionals can also train, because there are eight modes of work, among which are quite intense.
Another advantage is that it has a screen so you don’t have to buy different gadgets to track your performance. The frame is made of strong and deformation-resistant steel. Aluminum rails are also responsible for the reliability of the design.
Main features
Load system
magnetic
Maximum user weight
125 kg
9005 2
Number of load levels
8
Design features
floor leveling pads, transport rollers
Pros and cons
Easy to assemble, includes a computer, stable and durable construction
Not too high build quality
Tunturi Cardio Fit R30
Tunturi Cardio Fit R30. Photo: market.yandex.ru
A magnetic rowing machine with a central thrust type quite realistically imitates rowing. Suitable for both adults and children. Considering such a model, it is important to pay attention to the maximum allowable weight of an athlete of 110 kilograms.
The treadmill has only one program called Quick Start. In order to save space, the device can be stored upright, and it can be adjusted using floor leveling compensators.
The seat is adjustable in height depending on the height of the trainee. The angle of the display can also be changed. Tracking all the indicators is convenient because there is a special screen. Depending on the skills of the trainee, the level of load is also selected, so even children can practice on the first and second.
Main features
Load system
magnetic
Type of rod
central
90 053 Maximum user weight
110 kg
Number of load levels
8
Number of programs training
1
Pros and cons
Compact, has a computer, easy and quick to assemble
Average build materials, seat creaks
Body Style TR220
Body Style TR220. Photo: market.yandex.ru
A budget and simple simulator suitable exclusively for home use, as it is equipped with Scandinavian traction. The device has five levels of load, it is suitable for both beginners and children. The simulator is able to withstand weight up to 100 kilograms.
The handles are made of a pleasant material that does not allow the hands to slip. Legs with rubber slips provide stability to the exercise machine. The handles and frame are made of durable steel, the seat is soft and comfortable. This option is ideal for beginners both in terms of its functionality and price.
Main features
Type of traction
Scandinavian
Maximum user weight
100 kg
Number of load levels
5
Display readout
workout time, number of strokes per workout , calorie consumption
Pros and cons
There is a computer, rubberized feet, pleasant to the touch handles
The most simple and budgetary hydraulic home exercise machine that can be used by both beginners and children, since it does not give a big load.
Its body is made of wood, which is quite unusual for modern technology. The device does not have a display, but there is a special holder on which you can fix a tablet or smartphone with an installed training program that monitors the performance of an athlete.
The footrests can be adjusted according to the size of the foot. Comfortable transportation with minimal physical effort is available due to the existing rollers. There is a folding mechanism, so there is a place for the simulator even in a small apartment.
If you are not a professional and also prefer sustainable products, this option is for you. It is not suitable for professionals, because it will not provide the level of load they need.
Key features
Load system
hydraulic
Type of linkage
central
Maximum user weight
120 kg
Design features casters
Pros and cons
Small, wooden body, transport casters included
No computer, phone or tablet mount is not very secure
How to choose a rowing machine for home
Before buying a rowing machine for home, we recommend that you pay attention to the following criteria:
Type of load system
Mechanical and magnetic models are suitable for children and beginners and exclusively for home use. Electromagnetic are more advanced, so they can sometimes be used by professionals for home workouts. Trainers since water system are more suitable for athletes with experience. Aerodynamic and Aeromagnetic trainers have a large number of load levels, so they are often used by professionals and can be installed both at home and in the gym.
Row
Scandinavian Row is used in simulators with two handles, which allows you to row both alternately with each hand, and two at the same time. This simulator is suitable for children and beginners. Devices since central link are equipped with one handle. This option is more suitable for advanced users.
Load
It’s nice to be able to choose the right level of challenge based on skills and needs.
Size and convenience
Compact or foldable models are best for the home. The base and frame must be strong, reliable, and the seat comfortable enough. To prevent the simulator from slipping, give preference to models with rubber pads on the legs.
Adjustment
To fully customize the machine for yourself, choose models with a seat, footrests and paddle levers that can be adjusted.
Computer
Many models have a built-in console that displays current information, training results and athlete performance. Such simulators are the most convenient and informative.
Popular questions and answers
The editors of the KP asked to answer the most frequent questions of readers Valery Andreeva , Russian champion in athletics, master of sports of international class, representative of the Proxima brand and Kirill Osiptsov , procurement manager of Hyperfit LLC.
What are the most important rowing machine parameters?
Kirill Osiptsov singled out the following characteristics:
Type of load
Rowing machines can be mechanical, magnetic, water, electromechanical, aerodynamic, aeromagnetic. Each type has its pros and cons, but models with a water type of load are closest to real rowing.
Frame type
It must be strong, preferably all-metal, designed to support the heavy weight of the user.
Availability of adjustments
The machine must be adjusted to the individual user. It is optimal that the seat height, positions of the footrests and rowing levers are adjusted.
Row type
The machine can have two handles on the sides (Scandinavian row) or one in the center. The second option gives a greater load and is as close as possible to real rowing.
Workout levels
This option allows you to organize workouts based on the user’s skill level and current tasks.
Which version of the trainer – mechanical or magnetic – is preferable for home exercises?
The most sought-after rowing machines: with magnetic and mechanical drive.
Magnetic drive
The principle of operation of the magnetic drive is as follows: the flywheel works against a magnetic brake. The resistance on this machine is constant and will not change if you pull harder and faster. However, the resistance level can be changed using the built-in training programs, and most models have a wide range of resistance. The level of resistance of the magnetic drive simulator is not as strong as that of mechanical rowing, but due to the absence of friction in the flywheel, this particular type of simulator is the quietest and creates a mild load on the body.
Mechanical drive
It’s different here, the harder and faster you row, the more flywheel speed you get. As the flywheel turns, air is sucked in and used as a driving force, which creates resistance. That is, work on such simulators is closest to real rowing on the water: the more effort you put in, the faster your speed. Air rowing is most popular due to its ability to withstand the unrestricted resistance and strength of the athlete. Has smooth, natural movements, but they are quite loud, so if noise is an issue, this should definitely be considered, said Valeria Andreeva.
Both the mechanical and magnetic types are entry-level simulators, says Kirill Osiptsov . Mechanical ones are inexpensive, simple and reliable, but they have a lot of drawbacks, for example, a weak change in load. Magnetic are more functional, work quietly and smoothly. But much more convenient and effective for home workouts are simulators with water type loads – they are as close as possible to real rowing on the water.
What muscle groups does the rowing machine develop?
Unlike treadmills and exercise bikes, the rowing machine engages all muscle groups. One stroke of the machine is 65 – 75% of the work of the legs and 25 – 35% of the work of the upper body. So rowing engages 86% of the muscles on every stroke—quads, calves, hamstrings, glutes, back, arms, and core. Do not forget that training on a rowing machine develops endurance and the capillary network of the cardiovascular system.
Other benefits of rowing are full-body aerobic training on a single machine and the absence of the impact load experienced in other aerobic activities. Due to the fact that the work in this type of simulators is carried out horizontally, the musculoskeletal system is protected from compression load under the weight of one’s own body.
Of course, when physical activity activates the entire body, it is very important to adhere to the correct technique for performing the exercise. If workouts are done incorrectly or equipment is set up incorrectly, back and knee pain, stress fractures of the ribs and pinched nerves can occur, warned Valeria Andreeva .
Rowing machine develops all major muscle groups: arms, legs, back, abs. It makes a person more resilient, strong, has a positive effect on the state of the cardiovascular and respiratory systems, and corrects posture. For 30 minutes of rowing, you can burn up to 210 Kcal! The main advantage of this projectile is the minimum load on the joints and spine, says Kirill Osiptsov .
How to properly train on a rowing machine?
The first thing to pay attention to is the correct body position. Because often mistakes are observed already before the person has made the first stroke. So, a person sits down at the simulator in such a way that the buttocks are tucked forward, that is, the athlete practically sits on the sacral spine. This starting position is fundamentally wrong and can lead to back injury.
Take a moment to get into the correct body position: lift your buttocks and bring your sitting bones down to the middle of the seat. When you sit correctly, half the work is done.
Further actions are quite simple: legs-body-arms, arms-body-legs. What does it mean? First, with a forceful repulsion, we straighten the legs, then the body, and only then, with a jerky movement, we pull our arms to the chest.
The second phase of the exercise consists in a sharp straightening of the arms, behind which the body bends and the legs bend. Here you should ensure that in the final phase the pelvis is as close as possible to the feet, advises Valeria Andreeva.
Everything is elementary, and, of course, the main thing is practice!
Kirill Osiptsov said that the classical work on the rowing machine consists of three phases:
1. Capture. The user takes the handle at shoulder width, puts his feet on the stops, rolls the seat forward, slightly tilting the body.
2. Rod. First, the machine is pushed with legs, the body is straightened. When the handle crosses the knees, the user pulls it powerfully towards themselves, tilting the body back. At the end of the phase, the forearms are parallel to the floor, the legs are straightened.
3. Return. Arms relax, torso moves forward, legs bend, and user slides forward towards machine.
What are the contraindications against rowing?
There are practically no contraindications for rowing training. Hernias, protrusions, sciatica and the acute phase of chronic osteochondrosis are the few contraindications from the musculoskeletal system that must be remembered before starting to work with the simulator.
It is also not recommended to choose training on a rowing machine as a physical activity in case of violations in the work of the cardiovascular system.
Rowing simulators are versatile and have a complex effect on the body. If you are looking for something that will combine the possibility of training cardio and strength format, then rowing is absolutely what you were looking for. This is the case when the creators managed to kill two birds with one stone.
Cardio training is one of the most favorite forms of physical activity for most athletes. Improving the functioning of the cardiovascular system, fat burning and overall health promotion are really significant advantages of endurance training, concluded Valeria Andreeva .
If you are severely obese (grade 4), if you have diseases of the cardiovascular system (including hypertension), or the musculoskeletal system, Kirill Osiptsov told
the simulator should not be used. Do not train during pregnancy, in the presence of infectious diseases, with exacerbations of chronic health problems.
Blog :: How to choose a rowing machine?
07/11/2022
The rowing machine is one of the most effective cardio machines. It involves more than 80% of the muscles and at the same time allows you to minimize the trauma of training.
Types of rowing machines:
By design, we divided the machines into folding and non-folding:
Non-folding . After training, they are placed vertically. The area it occupies is approx. 50×50 cm.
Foldable . Rowers in an upright position lean forward and take up more space.
Closely related to the type of construction is the choice of frame on which the seat rides. How long the cardio machine will last and how comfortable it is to work on it depends on its quality.
Frame available in wood or metal. Wooden ones are made double, they are considered more reliable and stable, they are wider, the load is distributed evenly. From metal single frames are presented.
Steel frames are divided into solid and folding. A rowing machine with a solid frame is more reliable and will last longer. In folding simulators, the frame is composite, its parts are held on by bolts.
Rower Smoothness
Before buying, make sure that the seat slides quietly and without noise on the rail. The rollers must roll uniformly along their entire length, without offsets. If you are tall, make sure the runners are long enough.
Check handle return mechanism. You need to pull the handle several times at different speeds.
Be sure to check the stability of the machine during hard strokes and high intensity workouts. He must be stable.
Rope material
Most cardio equipment has a strong band of wear-resistant material attached to the handle. Rarely – chains, they are much stronger, but require more care.
Rowing machine technique:
A rowing session should last no more than an hour, with a break every 15 minutes to restore breathing and relax the spine.
The back should be straight, when tilted at an angle of 45 degrees, the feet should be firmly pressed to the platform, without heels coming off.
Pull the levers as close to the belt as possible.
Types of pull:
Scandinavian pull – for machines with two separate paddle handles. More suitable for professionals, imitates rowing. During training, the muscles of the back are actively working.
Central link – has one cable in the center. It is easier to work, the load is distributed more evenly than with the Scandinavian version, the muscles work symmetrically, the movements are smooth. Suitable for beginners and amateurs.
We have reviewed the main features of the rowing machine.
14 Best Folding Rowing Machines for Small Spaces- Woman’s World
Thanks to fitness boutiques like OrangeTheory and Crossfit gyms, rowing or ergs are back on everyone’s radar. Rowers are fun, easy on the joints, and one of the more efficient ways to get a full-body workout. Unfortunately, they’re also large. If you’re lucky enough to have entire room dedicated to a home gym, that may not be an issue. But if you don’t have the square footage to spare or don’t want a huge machine in the middle of your living room, that can pose a problem. Luckily, there are some excellent rowers on the market. The best folding rowing machines don’t take up a lot of space, are surprising affordable, and are just as good as their non-folding relatives. Keep reading to see our favorites.
What are the best folding rowing machines?
Best folding rowing machine : Echelon Smart Rower
Best folding rowing machine for Seniors : Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rower
Best immersive folding rowing machine : Hydrow Wave Rower
Best folding rowing machine for home : ProForm 750R Smart Rowing Machine
Best rowing machine for small spaces : Lanos Hydraulic Rowing Machine
Best folding rowing machine for beginners : CIRCUIT FITNESS Deluxe Foldable Magnetic Rowing Machine
Best concept2 RowErg rowing : Concept2 RowErg
Best folding rowing machine with back support : Avari Conversion II Rower
Best foldable rowing machine with screen : NordicTrack RW Rower
Best compact folding rowing machine : ProGear 750 Rower
Are foldable rowing machines any good?
When shopping home workout equipment there’s always a concern that you’ll be sacrifice quality for the sake of having a machine that fits in your space. I won’t name names, but I distinctly recall when a member of my family bought a “self-powered” treadmill. Although its size was unobtrusive, walking on it was like trudging through mud. To be fair, folding treadmills have come a long since then, but that one was terrible. It quickly was shoved into a corner and forgotten.
Rowing machines are awesome machines. However, one can question if the foldables are as good as the non-folding rowers. Short answer: Yes. In fact, there’s not much difference between collapsable rowers and traditional ones. They can have more parts in terms of assembly, but they generally are just as durable, and most are engineered to track your workout progress while providing a comfortable exercise experience.
Another benefit of folding rowing machines is that most have transport wheels, making them simpler to move. Like traditional ergs, they vary in size and resistance type. Some collapse into a slender rectangular unit, while others only partially fold. Pay attention to dimensions, especially height.
Does a rowing machine reduce belly fat?
Rowing machines offer a low impact exercise, making them a great option for those who have joint concerns. Rowing raises your heart rate, meaning it counts as a cardio workout. Alternatively, it also counts as strength training. According to the AFPA (American Fitness Professionals Association) indoor rowing uses up to 90 percent of your body’s muscles, making it a full body workout. It engages your back, arms, legs, and even your core!
“For aging adults in particular, rowing provides a low impact method to achieve fat and [burn calories in a relatively short amount of time,” explains Certified ACE Group Fitness Instructor Celine Corbie.
Many women begin to notice an increase in belly fat as they age, according to the Mayo Clinic. Consequently, this puts them at risk for heart disease, and cancer. The good news is that exercise, like rowing, can reduce excess weight. Corbie explains:
“Unlike crunches, planks, or numerous other core exercises, the rower allows one to target their abdomen, in a more sophisticated, sneaky manner! While the majority of your power output comes from the glutes, quadriceps, and hamstrings, that slight lean (about 45 degrees) at the back of the rower belt engages your entire core, stabilizing the upper body to allow for a full stroke. ”
According to an article from Harvard Medical School, even if you don’t lose weight, regularly exercising can reduce the size of your waist.
What type of rower is the best?
There are four kinds of rowing, each based on the type of resistance they offer. Depending on the brand, most offer similar accessories (think pre-programed workouts and stroke counters). The best folding rowing machine for you will depend on the size of your space, budget, and if noise is a concern.
Noise? you say? Yes. If you’re familiar with rowing from your gym, then you may have noticed how some make a loud whooshing sound as you pull back the T bar. This comes from the flywheel, which is where the resistance is generated. At a chattery gym, the sound may not be irritating. However, if you’re hoping to squeeze in a row while your hubby is sleeping, a quiet rower will be a non-negotiable.
Magnetic rowers are one of the most common types. Unlike other kinds of rowers, they don’t become harder to pull the faster you go, and are great for beginners. They are relatively quiet. In contrast, air rowing machines (what you find at most gyms) are much louder. This doesn’t make them bad, however. Some rowing machines, like the Concept2 RowErg, have been designed to keep the noise factor low.
Water rowers have their flywheel in a tank, and create a drag similar to a real boat. They do make noise, but it’s not loud, and you may find it soothing. The amount of water in the tank will determine the machines resistance. Although you may think they wouldn’t make the best folding rowing machine, there are models, like the Trunk Water Rowing Machine or this one by XTERRA, which are surprisingly compact.
Hydraulic rowers utilize pistons to create resistance, are not exceptionally noisy, and are inexpensive. They’re very slim in comparison to other rowers, and are the best foldable rowing machines if you’re short on room.
What is the highest rated home rowing machine?
There are many rowing machines that people are nuts over. For example, the Hydrow Rower, comes with a 22-inch touchscreen, and made it onto Oprah’s Favorite Things 2021 list. It can be stored upright. However, compact it’s not. Alternatively, the NordicTrack RW900 also comes with a large display, cost less, and folds.
One of the best folding rowing machines is the Sunny Health and Fitness Magnetic Rower. Along with being under $500, its railing can be turned horizontally and stands only 53.5 inches high. It doesn’t have a fancy screen, but that clearly doesn’t matter to the 9,000 folks who gave it 5-stars on Amazon.
What is the best compact rowing machine?
Some folding rowing machines can still look a bit chunky when compressed. If you’re determined to keep yours out of sight when not in use, hydraulics, like the Stamina BodyTrak Glider or LANOS Hydraulic Rowing Machine are the way to go. They don’t have a flywheel, which saves a ton of room. They’re also lighter than other rowing machines, so they’re easy to transport from one place to another.
What is the best folding rowing machine?
This is where you guess that I’m going to tell you that depends on what you’re looking for. While that’s true, I strongly suggest considering the type of workout experience you’re looking for. If you’re easily bored or find a trainer helpful, the best folding machine for you may be one that includes an app, like the ShareVgo Smart Rower. However, if you’re fine with popping in your Apple Airpods and rowing till your hearts content, there are plenty of rowers that don’t require you to download, upload, or connect a darn thing but your butt to the seat.
Looking for even more options? Check out our other exercise equipment recommendations:
Best Rowing Machines for Seniors
Best Folding Exercise Bikes
Best Treadmills for Walking for Seniors
Best Exercise Bikes for Seniors
Best Folding Rowing Machines
Best folding rowing machine
Amazon
25% off!
Buy from Amazon, $749. 99 (was $999)
Why we like it:
Smooth movement
Resistance built into handles
Rotating device holder
The Echelon Smart Rower features 32 levels of magnetic resistance, all which can be controlled conveniently through its handlebars. The seat effortlessly slides back and forth as you push and pull. Place your smartphone or tablet in the device holder. It rotates and flips, and if you become an Echelon member ($39.99 monthly) you’ll have access to studio workouts and music. Measures 40 inches long and 21 inches wide when folded. Don’t be surprised if you fall in love with how silent but efficient this rower is, as one user did.
“This product is sturdy, silent, and gives a good workout. There is a lot of range for resistance and my six-foot frame fits nicely with room to spare.”
BUY NOW
Best folding rowing machine for Seniors
Amazon
45% off!
Buy from Amazon, $219. 97 (was $399)
Why we like it:
Easy to move
Adjustable foot straps
Easy to read monitor
If you’re new to rowing, the Magnetic Rowing Machine from Sunny Health & Fitness is for you. Pivoting pedals are anti-slip and keep feet in place, while large handles provide comfortable gripping. A monitor on the flywheel makes tracking your distance and time easy, and there are eight resistance options to choose from. One of the most popular foldable rowing machines on the market, users love its functionality:
“I can’t believe what a great value this is! It’s quieter than the one at the gym but gives the same experience. Obviously it’s not getting commercial-level use at my home, but I use it every night when I watch TV, and it has been everything I could want. I really can’t believe such a great rower is available at the price point it is. I don’t feel like there were any tradeoffs.
BUY NOW
Best immersive rowing machine
Hydrow
Save $200!
Buy from Hydrow, $1,695 (was $1,895)
Why we like it:
Similar features as Hydrow Rower but lighter
Perfect for small spaces
Color options!
Everyone knows the Hydrow Rower and its gorgeous design. If you can’t get out into the water, it’s the next best thing with its electromagnetic drag mechanism that makes each stroke feel like you’re gliding through actual waves. If you’ve always wanted the machine but couldn’t fit it in your home, you’ll love the Hydrow Wave Rower. It technically doesn’t fold but is narrow, and can be stored upright for storage with a vertical anchor. Like the Hydrow Rower, it offers a more authentic rowing experience but is 30 percent smaller. It also comes in four different colors. No matter how “cozy” your dwelling space is, the machine won’t take up precious room and may actually enhance the aesthetic instead of taking away. It has a 16 inch screen, and if you have a Hydrow All-Access Membership ($44 per month), you can virtually row around the world, plus take part of yoga classes, circuit training, conditioning and more! The screen doesn’t rotate but gliding mechanism is so quiet, you can workout whenever you want without disturbing anyone.
buy now
Best folding rowing machine for home
Amazon
Buy from Walmart, $599.99
Why we like it:
30 day iFit membership
Dual speakers
Quick resistance controls
It’s not the open seas, but maybe the next best thing. The Proform 750R Smart Rowing Machine has pedals that pivot with your movements, bringing a more natural rowing experience. What we really love is that the purchase of this rower includes a 30 day membership to iFit. All you have to do is connect with your bluetooth to your phone or tablet and your iFit trainer can select from the machine’s 24 quick resistance levels for you. You’ll also have access to virtual classes and their global workouts that will have your rowing as far as the African plains. The rower is on the heavy side (more than 100 pound), but it folds on itself and can be hidden in a corner or closet.
Buy NOW
Best rowing machine for small spaces
Amazon
20% off!
Buy from Amazon, $159.99 (was $199)
Why we like it:
Straightforward design
Compact
Manual resistance
The LANOS Hydraulic Rowing Machine doesn’t connect to Bluetooth or have fancy accessories, but that doesn’t mean it won’t make you sweat. This lightweight rower is only 34 pounds, so you can drag in front of your TV with no worries of straining a thing. Manually control your resistance, while checking your calorie burn on the monitor. Buyers on Amazon love its efficiency and compact design: “This machine is great. Easy on the joints, especially knees. I work longer and harder on this than I would a treadmill or running. Doesn’t take up a lot of room.”
BUY NOW
Best folding rowing machine for beginners
Amazon
Buy from Amazon, starting at $419. 90
Why we like it:
Comfortable seating
Quiet
Easy to read display
The Deluxe Foldable Magnetic Rowing Machine from CIRCUIT FITNESS is made with aluminum steel and can support 300 pounds. At nearly eight feet it’s on the larger side, but when folded it only measures four feet. The injection molded seat keeps your bum from becoming saddle sore, and the monitor tracks everything from stroke speed to the temperature of the room. You can even pause your progress if you need a bathroom break. According to one user, the rower is simple to assemble:
“It took this 55 year old 40 minutes to put together. I’m up to 45 minutes during daily workouts and have found muscles aching that I didn’t know I had…Within 10 minutes you will work up a sweat. I would recommend this product to older folks trying to get in shape or lose a few pounds.”
BUY NOW
Best concept2 RowErg rowing
Amazon
Buy from Amazon, $1,290
Why we like it:
Detaches for easy storage
Smartphone holder
Durable
Branded as a machine “built for rowers, by rowers,” the Concept2 RowErg is quiet and strong despite its slim build. It uses air resistance, which can be controlled through the damper. Expect smooth rowing from this bestseller that’s sure to keep you entertained while sweating. The performance monitor has games, workout options, and can connect to fitness apps, and bluetooth. Assembly is easy, and the base of the rower detaches for simple storing.
BUY NOW
<br>Best folding rowing machine with back support
Amazon
14% off!
Buy from Amazon, $699 (was $699)
Why we like it:
Magnetic resistance
Seatback
Rower bike hybrid
Trying to choose between a recumbent bike and rower? You don’t have to! The Avari Conversion II Rower has an oversized seat and cushy back, making it a great option if back support is a concern. The monitor at the front of the machine is easy to operate, tracks speed, time, and the calories you’ve burned. Pulse pistons on the side of the seat measure your heart rate. One Amazon reviewer loved how it didn’t bring clutter to their home.
“This is a great piece of exercise equipment for those who may want to get into better shape. What I like is that you have the choice of rowing or biking, and it folds up and out of the way. This is ideal for apartment living or if you just don’t want your exercise equipment taking up all your space.”
BUY NOW
Best foldable rowing machine with screen
Amazon
16% off!
Buy from Amazon, $1,347.37
Why we like it:
22 inch screen
Spacious pedals
Nearly half the cost of similar rowers
Interactive rowers, like the Hydrow Rower, are all the rage, and though there are many that connect to apps, it’s nice to have one that includes a screen. The NordicTrack RW Rower has a 22 inch touchscreen and connects to the iFit platform. You can join studio classes or have iFit expert trainers control the intensity of your workouts. A monthly membership to the platform is $39.99, but your purchase includes a 30 day family membership (up to 5 users). This rower comes with 26 different options for digital resistance, as well as magnetic and air, which can be adjusted manually. Pedals are oversized, so no worries about uncomfortable footing. Measures 50.4 inches high and 36.2 inches wide when folded. If you’re not completely convinced the rower is worth your investment, here is one review a happy customer left:
“I have always wanted a rower, and decided that one that linked to the awesome iFit interface that I was already familiar with would be a great addition to our gym. The machine was easy to assemble, and can fold easily to make extra room if needed. The large screen makes it feel like you are actually rowing. There are tons of workouts to choose from and lots include floor exercises for cross training. I really like that the beginner classes have taught me better form. I definitely have felt an improvement in my style of rowing, and really enjoy having this as part of my home gym.”
BUY NOW
Best compact folding rowing machine
Amazon
Buy from Amazon, $235.38
Why we like it
Multifunctional
Thick padded seat
Independent resistance
Rowers offer cardio and strength training in one machine, but the ProGear 750 takes things to a new level. The seat is extra thick (AKA comfortable) and can be adjusted to three different angles. Another quick adjustment and the rower can be used to perform pull downs, bent over rows, and shoulder presses. Independent hydraulic cylinders allows you to manually adjust resistance. This is a really nice feature if you’re rehabbing an arm or struggling with body imbalances. The LDC display shows the basic stats, but the rower doubling as a traditional circuit station makes up for it. The rower even made one customer give up their gym membership.
“I get a super workout on my arms and upper legs – so much better than the flywheel rower I used at the Y. [Its] action is very smooth, and when I pull the arms to the side instead of back and forth it actually feels like rowing in a lake. This is one of the best purchases I’ve made and best of all, I no longer have to go the Y where I see people not wiping down the equipment after use.”
BUY NOW
Best folding water rowing machine
Dick’s Sporting Goods
Buy from Dick’s Sporting Goods, $649.99
Why we like it:
Folds
Elevated seat
Large LCD console
The XTERRA ERG600W Water Rowing Machine has six levels of resistance, each dependent on the amount of water placed in the tank. Its high seat (13.5 inches high) makes getting on and off easy, and there are five pre-programmed workouts built in if you don’t know where to start. The large adjustable LED display screen track time, number of strokes, calories burned, distance, and more. When collapsed the rower is only 33 inches high. Users love the soothing sound the water makes, and how it impacts resistance.
“This is an incredible rowing machine. It’s almost silent, and the price & warranty blew me away. [I recommend] not putting too much water in the tank -just slightly above the minimum level. In six to 10 minutes your heart rate will be above the roof.”
buy now
Best budget folding rowing
Amazon
56% off!
Buy from Amazon, $143.60 (was $325)
Why we like it:
Full motion arms
Slim but solid structure
Affordable
What we like about the Stamina BodyTrack Glider 1050 is that even without smart tech it delivers in the muscle burning department. Don’t be skeptical about its thin frame. It’s made of solid steel. It has textured foot plates, and adjustable hydraulic resistance. The monitor allows you to track calories, time, your stroke total, and the entire machine is as slim as a pair of skis when folded. Instead of the standard T bar the rower has levers that offer a full range of motion. One happy customer raved about the workout it gave them: The jointed rowing arms is really great. Wide range of motion and you can change your rowing technique to work different muscles.
BUY NOW
Best MaxKara Folding Rowing Machine
Walmart
Buy from Walmart, $215.99 (was $389.99)
Why we like it:
Inertia-enhanced flywheel
Adjustment dial
No fuss quick start button
Keep your workout on the hush with this compact but mighty rower. The MaxKare Rowing Machine turns on with the press of a button, has comfortable seating, and 16 levels of resistance. Its flywheel is inertia-enhanced, making the pull super smooth and quiet. The handles are slip resistance, and when folded the rower only is 42.3. inches high and 37.4 wide. Reviewers lover its soundlessness and sweat producing capabilities.
“I’m so happy to have purchased this. No noise whatsoever. I love that I can hold my iPad on it [and] watch videos while working out. This was the most organized product to put together; took me maybe 20 minutes. It was wonderful, and within five minutes I was sweating! I love that I can fold and store it in the corner or the closet.”
BUY NOW
Best folding rowing machine under $500
Amazon
Buy from Amazon, $325.99
Why we like it:
Only counts true strokes
Quiet
Connects
Confession time: sometimes I spend more time “taking a break” on my fitness equipment than actually using it. Fortunately, that’s not possible with the ShareVgo Smart Rower. If you want to get credit for every mile you take, you have to give one full stroke for the machine to register it. Consider it a built-in accountability counter. Download the free subscription ShareVGo app, and connect the rower via your smartphone’s bluetooth to get an even more precise reading on your fitness stats or do the time-based challenges. The 48 inch steel rail is adjustable, accommodating both the petite and statuesque. Although the rower doesn’t fold into the slimmest unit, the rail can be turned vertically to become more compact.
BUY NOW
5 Best Foldable Rowing Machines (Summer 2023) – Reviews and Guide
NordicTrack is a popular brand that makes a range of high-quality home fitness machines. We simply had to include the NordicTrack RW900 as the best high-tech unit on our list. It comes with a large 22″ touch screen display with an adjustable console angle. You’ll receive a 1-year iFit membership with your display that will assist in tracking your fitness progress. There will be many fitness programs you’ll have access to that will teach you rowing workouts you can perform every day.
The structure of the NordicTrack RW900 is incredibly sturdy and robust. It has a silent magnetic resistance and inertia enhanced flywheel to give you a noise-free environment when you workout. The ergonomic seat provides comfort while you row. There are sections at the rear of the footplates that secure your feet in place. The treads and foot straps also hold your feet in place while you move.
This is a premium collapsible rowing machine that’s easy to store and travel with.
5
Budget Pick
MaxKare Magnetic Rowing Machine
8,5
Site Rank
Features
Type: magnetic
Resistance levels: 16
Stride rail length: 49 inches
Inseam rail length: 45 inches
Weight capacity: 264 lbs
Dimensions set-up: 76. 4 x 19.7 inches
Dimensions folded: 42.3 x 19.7 x 37.4 inches (folded)
Weight: 57.3 lbs.
More features: suitable for whole family use, large seat, 1-year warranty
Check price
Good
Bad
Good
Excellent weight capacity
Suitable for the whole family
16 resistance levels
Magnetic rower
Bad
Handle isn’t durable
Some hardware missing
We know that foldable rowing machines can be extremely expensive. That’s why we’ve included the MaxKare Magnetic foldable rowing machine on our list which is our budget pick. You’ll enjoy all the benefits this fold up rowing machine has to offer at an affordable price. The structure of the MaxKare foldable magnetic rowing machine is durable and sturdy. It’s also lightweight which makes this one of the best portable rowing machines on the market.
For comfort, the MaxKare has a soft cushioned seat that also ensures you maintain your posture while you row. The footplates are large to accommodate various sized feet. Use the footplate straps to prevent your feet from sliding when you exercise.
The flywheel is silent so you can exercise in a noise-free environment. This rowing machine provides many benefits for the body. It relieves spinal pressure and alleviates shoulder & back pain. The low impact workout protects your knees and prevents joint discomfort. Every time you use the MaxKare Magnetic rower you’ll be strengthening your legs, core, back and arms.
Things to Consider
A buying guide is crucial when purchasing any product. It provides information that you must look at before you buy your foldable rowing machine. The buyer’s guide assists you with making your final decision on which is the ideal product to pick for your workouts. Read through our buyer’s guide carefully so you know exactly what specs and features to consider before you make your final purchase decision.
Benefits of the foldable rowing machines
Before we discuss the health benefits of a foldable rowing machine, let’s go through the advantages of its structure. Typically a folding rowing machine is compact and lightweight. It doesn’t take up a lot of floor space and it’s easy to transport.
Foldable rowing machines are made with durable materials such as aluminum and steel. They are powder coated to prevent corrosion.
Now for the health benefits of these innovative exercise machines. Rowing is known as a low impact exercise which means it’s easy on the joints. A rowing machine provides effective aerobics exercises that are suitable for all ages. Aerobics exercises burn calories, increase your stamina, strengthen your immune system and release endorphins. This type of exercise improves your sleep quality and mental health.
Since a rowing machine targets major muscle groups it’s an effective way to raise your heart rate which has the following health benefits:
Increases weight loss
Improves blood flow
Increases oxygen flow to the muscles
Improves muscle flexibility
Rowing gives you a full-body workout that tones and strengthens the muscles in your legs, arms, core, back & shoulders. A folding rowing machine for the home is affordable, easy to assemble and extremely convenient.
Some foldable rowers come with display monitors with fitness programs that teach you how to perform various workouts. Some of these workouts are challenging and can increase your fitness levels in less than two months. You’ll notice an improvement in your posture because it teaches you the correct way to sit when rowing.
The resistance levels on your rowing machine will strengthen your arms and improve your muscle to fat ratios. That’s why it’s important to purchase a machine that has at least 10 resistance levels so you can continue to optimize your fitness levels.
Features to consider while choosing a foldable rowing machine
It’s important to consider all the features of a foldable rowing machine before you buy one. In this next section we’ll be going through the various types of rowing machines you can buy and the adjustments they provide. We’ll also give you information on the importance of weight capacity, rail length and dimensions. This section will help you pick the best rowing machine for your unique requirements.
Type
There are four types of rowing machines that you can consider. Each of these types has various specifications that will affect the weight, dimensions and fitness options on the machine. Let’s go through these four types of rowing machines starting with magnetic devices.
Magnetic rowing machines: This type of rowing machine operates on an electromagnetic brake system. These machines are the most popular because they produce less noise and allow the user to adjust the resistance before utilizing the machine. Adjustable resistance settings provide a consistent workout. If you’re looking for this type of exercise machine opt for the Velocity rower which is the best foldable magnetic rowing device on our list. An excellent alternative to the Velocity is the Everlast foldable magnetic rowing machine.
Hydraulic rowing machine: A hydraulic rowing machine has a smaller frame and they are much more affordable than magnetic devices. These machines operate on pistons and can work with fluid or air. They have resistance settings so you can have a more challenging workout. Hydraulic machines are compact, lightweight and easy to transport.
Air rowing machine: An air operated rowing machine has optimal resistance features. These machines have flywheels that create the resistance according to the intensity of your rowing strokes. They come in various designs that closely mimic the feeling of being in an actual rowboat. If you’re looking for a premium air row machine opt for our editor’s choice which is the Concept2 Model D foldable device.
Water rowing machine: If you want a real rowing experience then opt for a water operated machine. It utilizes water to add resistance by pushing the flywheel through water inside a tank. The downside to this machine is that it’s extremely costly. But the durability, high weight capacity and sturdy structure make this machine ideal for professional rowers who need to train daily. For people who simply want a home workout, it’s best to purchase a magnetic foldable rowing machine.
Hydraulic, air and magnetic operated machines come in foldable & non-foldable devices. The water rowing machine may not come in a foldable design because of the water tank attached to the flywheel. Water rowers are quite popular because they provide strong and quiet resistance. But they’re more difficult to assemble and they are bigger than fold up rowing machines.
Resistance levels
Foldable rowing machines are popular because they come with multiple levels of resistance that you can adjust easily. These foldable rowers are typically magnetic or hydraulic powered machines that have resistance settings. Water and air rowers don’t come with resistance settings so you’ll have to adjust your stroke intensity to regulate the tension.
A premium rowing machine should have resistance settings between 4.5 and 6.5. But most foldable rowing machines come with 10 or more resistance settings which is ideal if you want to keep challenging yourself with a stronger tension as you become more fit. And for example the NordicTrack RW900 model features as many as 26 resistance levels.
Rail length
Selecting a rowing machine with the proper rail length is important especially if you’re a tall person. With that in mind, hydraulic operated rowing machines are not ideal because they have smaller frames with shorter rail lengths. The longer the rail length is the wider your strokes will be.
It’s important to purchase a rowing machine that has the longest rail length possible to accommodate short and tall people. Purchase a rowing machine that has a rail length between 40″ and 50″ for best value for money.
Another important aspect to consider is the type of material the rail is made of for durability and the resistance it provides. Cheap plastic rails will wear fast and they produce the most noise. Steel, aluminum or nickel rails have a longer service life and they’re easy to maintain. Simply oil them regularly for a smoother and quieter pull.
Weight capacity
The weight capacity of the machine will determine the pounds it can withstand from one person. Smaller foldable rowing machines are surprisingly strong and sturdy so they’re able to withstand weight capacities between 200lbs and 260lbs. The benefit of these smaller machines is that they’re excellent for home use and they’re suitable for the entire family to use.
But if you’re looking for a machine that accommodates larger weight capacities you may have to purchase a bigger machine that might take up more floor space. Expensive machines are heavier and difficult to move but they can accommodate people who weigh up to 400lbs.
Purchasing a machine that can’t accommodate your weight can be dangerous and it can damage the rower. Weigh yourself before you purchase your rowing machine so you know exactly which one to buy.
The Concept2 Model D on our review list has a weight capacity of 500lbs. It’s a portable device that doesn’t take up a lot of space. This fold-up rowing machine is affordable and it’s suitable for indoor & outdoor use. With all of this available in one machine it’s clear that you can get value for money no matter your needs.
Dimensions and weight
If you don’t have much space you must consider the dimensions of your rowing machine. Fortunately, foldable rowing machines are compact so they don’t take up space. But it’s still important to measure the space you’ll be using so you know not to purchase a rowing machine that’s too big.
It’s advised that you also check the dimensions of the product when it’s folded so you know where you can store it.
If it’s too big even when folded you won’t be able to store it in a closet or under your bed. Not everyone wants to sacrifice floor space permanently, right?
The weight of the rowing machine is also important if you’re going to move it around often. If you want to take it with you on vacations then the machine must be light enough to transport in a trailer or truck. All our portable rowing machines are lightweight weighing between 50lbs and 100lbs, as for example MaxKare Magnetic foldable rowing machine.
One aspect to remember is that the bigger the machine is the heavier it will be and the more space it will accommodate. You simply don’t need a big heavy machine for home workouts. All you need is a robust rowing machine that’s compact and sturdy that lets you exercise in the comfort of your own home.
Warranty
Since rowing machines come with many parts including display monitors it’s important to opt for a device that’s covered by a long warranty period. If a component malfunctions you want to be able to replace it, right? Some machines will come with various warranties on all the parts. A premium machine will come with a warranty between 1 and 5 years on the entire machine.
Most of our machines on our review list come with a 1-year warranty except for the Concept2 Model D. The Concept2 Model D comes with a 5-year warranty on the frame and 2 years on all other parts. And it’s often worth spending more to get this longer coverage on a machine that you’ll use often.
Price
Compact foldable rowing machines’ price tags can range between $900 and $1200 depending on the materials used to manufacture them & the extra parts they come with. Machines that come with big displays such as the NordicTrack RW900 costs $1,599 which is actually a bargain.
Lower-grade machines will cost between $180 and $300 but they’re not as sturdy, durable or reliable. If you’re looking for a premium foldable rowing machine then buy the MaxKare device. All the foldable rowing machines on our list are made with durable materials and they come with beneficial features at premium prices.
FAQ
Are foldable rowing machines easy to assemble?
All foldable rowing machines come with a user-friendly manual to help you assemble your device. They come with all the parts and tools you need too. Simply follow the instructions in your manual to assemble your rowing machine correctly. Some foldable rowing machines such as the Concept2 Model D come with fewer parts to make it effortless to assemble. Setting up the Concept2 Model D will take less than 15 minutes.
All rowing machines should have proper nuts and bolts to secure each piece in place. It’s advised that you count all the parts you have and check them against your manual to ensure you have everything. This is because some people complain about missing parts after they’ve assembled most of the machine, which can be frustrating. So ensure you have all the parts and tools you need to assemble your machine before you start building it.
Are foldable rowing machines stable when in use?
This depends on the model and brand of your machine & if you’ve assembled it correctly. If you forget to secure a certain part of the machine it can cause instability. After you’ve assembled your rowing machine, give it a test. If the rowing machine wobbles, check that all the parts are secured properly. Tighten any nuts and bolts & test the machine again. You may have to take the machine apart and re-assemble it if it’s still not stable.
Make sure that the machine is placed on a flat surface because uneven surfaces can cause the rower to wobble when you work out.
Some lower quality machines are naturally rickety. That’s why it’s important to purchase a premium rowing machine so it doesn’t cause any hassles for you when you work out.
Our verdict
Now that you’ve gone through the reviews and our buyer’s guide it’s time to narrow down these machines down to our best three. First is our editor’s choice which is the Concept2 Model D. This machine is a magnetic type of rower with a large weight capacity of 500lbs. This machine has a rail length of 38″ which is suitable for tall and short people. You’ll also love the display monitor that tracks your fitness progress.
Our best-valued product is the Merax Magnetic exercise machine. It has eight resistance settings and a 15° angled seat rail. It has a long 49″ stride rail length and a weight capacity of 264lbs.
If you’re looking for a magnetic rowing machine you’ll love the Velocity Exercise Magnetic Rower foldable rowing machine. This is a product that features a drum magnetic control system and electronic tension for optimal friction to help you build muscle strength.
So which do you think is the best foldable rowing machine? We hope our guide helped you pick a suitable machine for your workout routines to ensure fitness for the future.
top 11 rating according to KP
A rowing machine is a device that allows you to keep fit. Indeed, during training on such a simulator, about 80% of all muscles are involved. In terms of muscle load, rowing is second only to skiing.
Home rower consists of seat, frame, handle or handles, flywheel. Some models are equipped with a computer that displays information about the training and the current state of the athlete. Others do not have a computer, but they are equipped with a holder for a tablet or smartphone, from which you can also track all the indicators, you just need to install the application.
To bring the process of training at home on such a simulator to real rowing on a boat, some manufacturers equip their models with a fan that simulates a gust of wind. A water rowing machine is often equipped with a removable heart rate sensor that is attached to the chest or neck. In some simulators, the heart rate monitor is built right into the handles.
Also, exercise machines differ in the loading system and can be:
Mechanical . These simulators are the most simple and budget. The load in such simulators is practically unchanged, or changes slightly. Work is carried out due to the resistance of hydraulic pistons.
Magnetic . These machines are also more suitable for beginners as they have a small number of levels. Such devices work due to a metal flywheel and a magnet.
Solenoid . These simulators are a more advanced version of magnetic ones. They are equipped with a servo drive and have a greater number of load levels.
Water . It is closest to rowing, since the input resistance has a variable load, by increasing or decreasing the volume of water in a special tank.
Aerodynamic . These simulators change their load due to the resistance of air masses. By pulling the propeller lever, the flywheel with the blades begins its work and takes on air resistance. Such models are characterized by high load and smooth running.
Aeromagnetic . These trainers are state of the art. They combine magnetic/electromagnetic and aerodynamic drag.
We have collected for you the best rowing machines for home in 2023, which you can find in our ranking.
HYPERFIT Rudersport G300 is the best compact rowing machine with a water load system for home training. Allows you to work out all muscle groups: arms, legs, abs, back, suitable for people weighing up to 135 kg. Thanks to the anatomical structure of the chair, pedals with 3D protector and clamps, non-slip handles provide a comfortable fit and comfort during the longest workouts.
The simulator has 15 built-in programs, including a competition program with a virtual opponent. You can choose one of 6 levels of activity in accordance with the level of your preparation and the goals of a particular lesson. The smart training computer monitors all training indicators, the state of the athlete and displays the data on the display.
The treadmill is stored upright when assembled and does not take up much space even in the smallest room.
Universal simulator with one of the most modern and advanced aerodynamic loading systems. The central thrust simulates rowing on a boat as much as possible. The device is able to withstand weight up to 150 kilograms, so this option is suitable for people with different builds.
Depending on your skills and preferences, you can choose from ten levels of activity. It is easy to move the exercise machine as it is equipped with transport rollers. The monitor is battery powered. It displays all relevant and useful information about the athlete and training (training time, number of strokes per minute, number of strokes per workout, distance traveled, heart rate, calorie consumption, pace).
The frame is strong, the construction is stable and the folding mechanism allows for compact storage. A large selection of features and an advanced system make this model more suitable for professionals than for beginners, who can choose a more budgetary and simpler option.
Main characteristics
Load system
aerodynamic
Type of rod
central
9 0053 Maximum user weight
150 kg
Number of load levels
10
Design features
transport rollers
Pros and cons
Sturdy construction, simulates paddling on water, folding mechanism
Quite bulky, time consuming to assemble
Yamaguchi Ya-Rower
Yamaguchi Ya-Rower. Photo: market.yandex.ru
The rowing machine is suitable exclusively for home use, as it has the simplest magnetic loading system. It is equipped with one handle for both hands with a central pull.
The machine is capable of carrying loads up to 110 kilograms and has 16 levels of resistance, allowing you to choose the one that best suits the athlete, depending on his skills, experience and goals. Good stability is ensured by compensators for uneven floors, there is an adjustment of the foot rests, which allows you to adjust them to the size of the foot. The model is suitable for people with height up to 190 centimeters.
Transport rollers allow you to move the machine without any serious physical effort. The folding mechanism makes the device as compact as possible. The display makes it convenient to view basic information about the training process and track the vital signs of the athlete himself (training time, number of strokes per workout, distance traveled, calorie consumption).
Main features
Load system
magnetic
Rod type
central
Maximum user weight
110 kg
900 53 Number of load levels
16
Design features
floor leveling, adjustable footrests, folding, transport rollers
Pros and cons
There is a monitor that displays all the settings, a comfortable soft handle
Takes up a lot of space, not very comfortable seat
Clear Fit Neptune RN 1000
Clear Fit Neptune RN 1000. Photo: market.yandex.ru and in the gym. The central type of thrust provides a high load, simulating the movements during rowing.
There are six levels of operation – from the easiest for beginners to the most difficult, which are designed for professional athletes. In total, the simulator has 22 programs, including: quick start, time training, distance training, target.
The device can be stored upright as it has a folding mechanism. It is very convenient that you can adjust the level of the inclination of the console, as well as the footrest, so the simulator adapts to each trainee and provides him with a comfortable position during training.
The monitor requires batteries to operate, which is not very convenient. If you are looking for an option that is as close as possible to the best professional models, but for home use, this device will suit you. If you are a beginner, you can choose a simpler and budget model with several modes and without a monitor.
Main characteristics
Loading system
water
Type of traction
central
90 053 Maximum user weight
140 kg
Number of load levels
6
Number of levels load
22
Built-in programs
Quick Start, by time, by distance, target
Pros and cons
High-quality build and durable materials, there is a computer on board
Makes a little noise during operation, no basic functions such as a stopwatch
AppleGate R12 AM
AppleGate R12 AM. Photo: market.yandex.ru
A rowing machine with an aeromagnetic loading system is designed for professional athletes who exercise on a regular basis. The central thrust imitates rowing to the smallest detail. In total, the model has 8 load levels, which are selected depending on the skills of the trainee.
The seat and footrests are adjustable to fit the person. The display is battery operated and allows you to analyze all the information about the athlete and the training process without connecting third-party sensors.
Compensators for uneven floors make it easy to practice on almost any surface. The weight limit is 120 kilograms.
Main features
Type of rod
central
Maximum user weight
120 kg
Number of load levels
8
Design features folding, transport rollers
Pros and cons
The simulator is equipped with a computer, solid assembly with even seams and good painting
There is no instruction manual in the kit, it slides a little on the floor, since there are no rubber feet
Titanium One R20 FF
Titanium One R20 FF. Photo: market.yandex.ru
Aerodynamic rowing machine is the ideal solution for athletes who do not want to go to the gym and prefer to train at home.
Central thrust system suitable for advanced users, it simulates rowing with high precision. The model is quite compact, so it is suitable even for installation in a small room. The folding mechanism allows you to store the simulator in an upright position. The screen receives information about the selected mode, the pulse of the trainee and other indicators.
The disadvantages of this model include a small screen, so if this parameter is one of the main ones for you, it is better to consider other models.
Main characteristics
Loading system
aerodynamic
Type of rod
central
Maximum user weight
120 kg
Design features
vertical storage, floor leveling, transport rollers 9
Not very stable, small computer screen dex.ru
Rower suitable for children and beginner athletes, because it has one of the simplest simple load systems – magnetic. Its scope is home workouts.
Central type of pull allows you to use two hands at the same time. The device can withstand a maximum weight of up to 125 kilograms, and 8 load levels allow you to choose the mode that matches the level of the athlete and his skills.
The machine has only one program: Quick Start. Compensators for uneven floors are responsible for the stability of the device during training. The console and footrests can be adjusted, which is very convenient. Special rollers are responsible for comfortable transportation. The trainer can be stored in an upright position.
The display shows all the necessary and useful information about the training session and the athlete’s condition (training time, strokes per minute, strokes per session, distance traveled, calories burned). It works on batteries.
Main features
Load system
magnetic
Type of rod
central
90 053 Maximum user weight
125 kg
Number of load levels
8
Number of programs workouts
1
Built-in programs
Quick Start
Pros and cons
Multiple levels, smooth ride, small size
Batteries run out quickly, seat squeaks a little during use, only one training program
Xterra ERG160
Xterra ERG160. Photo: market.yandex.ru
This rowing machine is suitable exclusively for home use, as it is equipped with a magnetic loading system, which is considered one of the simplest.
Despite exclusively home use, professionals can also train, because there are eight modes of work, among which are quite intense.
Another advantage is that it has a screen so you don’t have to buy different gadgets to track your performance. The frame is made of strong and deformation-resistant steel. Aluminum rails are also responsible for the reliability of the design.
Main features
Load system
magnetic
Maximum user weight
125 kg
9005 2
Number of load levels
8
Design features
floor leveling pads, transport rollers
Pros and cons
Easy to assemble, includes a computer, stable and durable construction
Not too high build quality
Tunturi Cardio Fit R30
Tunturi Cardio Fit R30. Photo: market.yandex.ru
A magnetic rowing machine with a central thrust type quite realistically imitates rowing. Suitable for both adults and children. Considering such a model, it is important to pay attention to the maximum allowable weight of an athlete of 110 kilograms.
The treadmill has only one program called Quick Start. In order to save space, the device can be stored upright, and it can be adjusted using floor leveling compensators.
The seat is adjustable in height depending on the height of the trainee. The angle of the display can also be changed. Tracking all the indicators is convenient because there is a special screen. Depending on the skills of the trainee, the level of load is also selected, so even children can practice on the first and second.
Main features
Load system
magnetic
Type of rod
central
90 053 Maximum user weight
110 kg
Number of load levels
8
Number of programs training
1
Pros and cons
Compact, has a computer, easy and quick to assemble
Average build materials, seat creaks
Body Style TR220
Body Style TR220. Photo: market.yandex.ru
A budget and simple simulator suitable exclusively for home use, as it is equipped with Scandinavian traction. The device has five levels of load, it is suitable for both beginners and children. The simulator is able to withstand weight up to 100 kilograms.
The handles are made of a pleasant material that does not allow the hands to slip. Legs with rubber slips provide stability to the exercise machine. The handles and frame are made of durable steel, the seat is soft and comfortable. This option is ideal for beginners both in terms of its functionality and price.
Main features
Type of traction
Scandinavian
Maximum user weight
100 kg
Number of load levels
5
Display readout
workout time, number of strokes per workout , calorie consumption
Pros and cons
There is a computer, rubberized feet, pleasant to the touch handles
The most simple and budgetary hydraulic home exercise machine that can be used by both beginners and children, since it does not give a big load.
Its body is made of wood, which is quite unusual for modern technology. The device does not have a display, but there is a special holder on which you can fix a tablet or smartphone with an installed training program that monitors the performance of an athlete.
The footrests can be adjusted according to the size of the foot. Comfortable transportation with minimal physical effort is available due to the existing rollers. There is a folding mechanism, so there is a place for the simulator even in a small apartment.
If you are not a professional and also prefer sustainable products, this option is for you. It is not suitable for professionals, because it will not provide the level of load they need.
Key features
Load system
hydraulic
Type of linkage
central
Maximum user weight
120 kg
Design features casters
Pros and cons
Small, wooden body, transport casters included
No computer, phone or tablet mount is not very secure
How to choose a rowing machine for home
Before buying a rowing machine for home, we recommend that you pay attention to the following criteria:
Type of load system
Mechanical and magnetic models are suitable for children and beginners and exclusively for home use. Electromagnetic are more advanced, so they can sometimes be used by professionals for home workouts. Trainers since water system are more suitable for athletes with experience. Aerodynamic and Aeromagnetic trainers have a large number of load levels, so they are often used by professionals and can be installed both at home and in the gym.
Row
Scandinavian Row is used in simulators with two handles, which allows you to row both alternately with each hand, and two at the same time. This simulator is suitable for children and beginners. Devices since central link are equipped with one handle. This option is more suitable for advanced users.
Load
It’s nice to be able to choose the right level of challenge based on skills and needs.
Size and convenience
Compact or foldable models are best for the home. The base and frame must be strong, reliable, and the seat comfortable enough. To prevent the simulator from slipping, give preference to models with rubber pads on the legs.
Adjustment
To fully customize the machine for yourself, choose models with a seat, footrests and paddle levers that can be adjusted.
Computer
Many models have a built-in console that displays current information, training results and athlete performance. Such simulators are the most convenient and informative.
Popular questions and answers
The editors of the KP asked to answer the most frequent questions of readers Valery Andreeva , Russian champion in athletics, master of sports of international class, representative of the Proxima brand and Kirill Osiptsov , procurement manager of Hyperfit LLC.
What are the most important rowing machine parameters?
Kirill Osiptsov singled out the following characteristics:
Type of load
Rowing machines can be mechanical, magnetic, water, electromechanical, aerodynamic, aeromagnetic. Each type has its pros and cons, but models with a water type of load are closest to real rowing.
Frame type
It must be strong, preferably all-metal, designed to support the heavy weight of the user.
Availability of adjustments
The machine must be adjusted to the individual user. It is optimal that the seat height, positions of the footrests and rowing levers are adjusted.
Row type
The machine can have two handles on the sides (Scandinavian row) or one in the center. The second option gives a greater load and is as close as possible to real rowing.
Workout levels
This option allows you to organize workouts based on the user’s skill level and current tasks.
Which version of the trainer – mechanical or magnetic – is preferable for home exercises?
The most sought-after rowing machines: with magnetic and mechanical drive.
Magnetic drive
The principle of operation of the magnetic drive is as follows: the flywheel works against a magnetic brake. The resistance on this machine is constant and will not change if you pull harder and faster. However, the resistance level can be changed using the built-in training programs, and most models have a wide range of resistance. The level of resistance of the magnetic drive simulator is not as strong as that of mechanical rowing, but due to the absence of friction in the flywheel, this particular type of simulator is the quietest and creates a mild load on the body.
Mechanical drive
It’s different here, the harder and faster you row, the more flywheel speed you get. As the flywheel turns, air is sucked in and used as a driving force, which creates resistance. That is, work on such simulators is closest to real rowing on the water: the more effort you put in, the faster your speed. Air rowing is most popular due to its ability to withstand the unrestricted resistance and strength of the athlete. Has smooth, natural movements, but they are quite loud, so if noise is an issue, this should definitely be considered, said Valeria Andreeva.
Both the mechanical and magnetic types are entry-level simulators, says Kirill Osiptsov . Mechanical ones are inexpensive, simple and reliable, but they have a lot of drawbacks, for example, a weak change in load. Magnetic are more functional, work quietly and smoothly. But much more convenient and effective for home workouts are simulators with water type loads – they are as close as possible to real rowing on the water.
What muscle groups does the rowing machine develop?
Unlike treadmills and exercise bikes, the rowing machine engages all muscle groups. One stroke of the machine is 65 – 75% of the work of the legs and 25 – 35% of the work of the upper body. So rowing engages 86% of the muscles on every stroke—quads, calves, hamstrings, glutes, back, arms, and core. Do not forget that training on a rowing machine develops endurance and the capillary network of the cardiovascular system.
Other benefits of rowing are full-body aerobic training on a single machine and the absence of the impact load experienced in other aerobic activities. Due to the fact that the work in this type of simulators is carried out horizontally, the musculoskeletal system is protected from compression load under the weight of one’s own body.
Of course, when physical activity activates the entire body, it is very important to adhere to the correct technique for performing the exercise. If workouts are done incorrectly or equipment is set up incorrectly, back and knee pain, stress fractures of the ribs and pinched nerves can occur, warned Valeria Andreeva .
Rowing machine develops all major muscle groups: arms, legs, back, abs. It makes a person more resilient, strong, has a positive effect on the state of the cardiovascular and respiratory systems, and corrects posture. For 30 minutes of rowing, you can burn up to 210 Kcal! The main advantage of this projectile is the minimum load on the joints and spine, says Kirill Osiptsov .
How to properly train on a rowing machine?
The first thing to pay attention to is the correct body position. Because often mistakes are observed already before the person has made the first stroke. So, a person sits down at the simulator in such a way that the buttocks are tucked forward, that is, the athlete practically sits on the sacral spine. This starting position is fundamentally wrong and can lead to back injury.
Take a moment to get into the correct body position: lift your buttocks and bring your sitting bones down to the middle of the seat. When you sit correctly, half the work is done.
Further actions are quite simple: legs-body-arms, arms-body-legs. What does it mean? First, with a forceful repulsion, we straighten the legs, then the body, and only then, with a jerky movement, we pull our arms to the chest.
The second phase of the exercise consists in a sharp straightening of the arms, behind which the body bends and the legs bend. Here you should ensure that in the final phase the pelvis is as close as possible to the feet, advises Valeria Andreeva.
Everything is elementary, and, of course, the main thing is practice!
Kirill Osiptsov said that the classical work on the rowing machine consists of three phases:
1. Capture. The user takes the handle at shoulder width, puts his feet on the stops, rolls the seat forward, slightly tilting the body.
2. Rod. First, the machine is pushed with legs, the body is straightened. When the handle crosses the knees, the user pulls it powerfully towards themselves, tilting the body back. At the end of the phase, the forearms are parallel to the floor, the legs are straightened.
3. Return. Arms relax, torso moves forward, legs bend, and user slides forward towards machine.
What are the contraindications against rowing?
There are practically no contraindications for rowing training. Hernias, protrusions, sciatica and the acute phase of chronic osteochondrosis are the few contraindications from the musculoskeletal system that must be remembered before starting to work with the simulator.
It is also not recommended to choose training on a rowing machine as a physical activity in case of violations in the work of the cardiovascular system.
Rowing simulators are versatile and have a complex effect on the body. If you are looking for something that will combine the possibility of training cardio and strength format, then rowing is absolutely what you were looking for. This is the case when the creators managed to kill two birds with one stone.
Cardio training is one of the most favorite forms of physical activity for most athletes. Improving the functioning of the cardiovascular system, fat burning and overall health promotion are really significant advantages of endurance training, concluded Valeria Andreeva .
If you are severely obese (grade 4), if you have diseases of the cardiovascular system (including hypertension), or the musculoskeletal system, Kirill Osiptsov told
the simulator should not be used. Do not train during pregnancy, in the presence of infectious diseases, with exacerbations of chronic health problems.
Blog :: How to choose a rowing machine?
07/11/2022
The rowing machine is one of the most effective cardio machines. It involves more than 80% of the muscles and at the same time allows you to minimize the trauma of training.
Types of rowing machines:
By design, we divided the machines into folding and non-folding:
Non-folding . After training, they are placed vertically. The area it occupies is approx. 50×50 cm.
Foldable . Rowers in an upright position lean forward and take up more space.
Closely related to the type of construction is the choice of frame on which the seat rides. How long the cardio machine will last and how comfortable it is to work on it depends on its quality.
Frame available in wood or metal. Wooden ones are made double, they are considered more reliable and stable, they are wider, the load is distributed evenly. From metal single frames are presented.
Steel frames are divided into solid and folding. A rowing machine with a solid frame is more reliable and will last longer. In folding simulators, the frame is composite, its parts are held on by bolts.
Rower Smoothness
Before buying, make sure that the seat slides quietly and without noise on the rail. The rollers must roll uniformly along their entire length, without offsets. If you are tall, make sure the runners are long enough.
Check handle return mechanism. You need to pull the handle several times at different speeds.
Be sure to check the stability of the machine during hard strokes and high intensity workouts. He must be stable.
Rope material
Most cardio equipment has a strong band of wear-resistant material attached to the handle. Rarely – chains, they are much stronger, but require more care.
Rowing machine technique:
A rowing session should last no more than an hour, with a break every 15 minutes to restore breathing and relax the spine.
The back should be straight, when tilted at an angle of 45 degrees, the feet should be firmly pressed to the platform, without heels coming off.
Pull the levers as close to the belt as possible.
Types of pull:
Scandinavian pull – for machines with two separate paddle handles. More suitable for professionals, imitates rowing. During training, the muscles of the back are actively working.
Central link – has one cable in the center. It is easier to work, the load is distributed more evenly than with the Scandinavian version, the muscles work symmetrically, the movements are smooth. Suitable for beginners and amateurs.
We have reviewed the main features of the rowing machine.
8 Best Vacuums for Pet Hair of 2023, Tested by Cleaning Experts
We’ve been independently researching and testing products for over 120 years. If you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more about our review process.
1
Best Overall Vacuum for Pet Hair
Bissell Pet Hair Eraser Turbo Plus Lightweight Vacuum
1
Best Overall Vacuum for Pet Hair
Bissell Pet Hair Eraser Turbo Plus Lightweight Vacuum
$240 at Amazon
Credit: Bissell
Pros
Sealed to trap allergens
Hands-free dust cup emptying
7 ft. hose to clean hard to reach spots
Cons
Some reviewers found it too heavy
Like many other models from the brand, Bissell’s Pet Hair Eraser Turbo Plus did not disappoint our testers — in fact, it’s one of the best Bissell vacuums we’ve ever tested in the Lab. It earned good scores for its ease of use and powerful suction, but our favorite feature is the mess-free dust cup’s easy-to-empty, hands-free design, with a hair spooling system inside the canister that contains a tangle-free brush roll that prevents pet hair from clogging the bristles.
“This vacuum’s combination of features and tools was ideal for picking up the hair of both small and large pets,” said one impressed tester. When comparing this model to other upright vacuums we tested in our Lab, we rated it favorably for its weight, but some online reviewers say they found the Pet Hair Eraser Turbo too heavy and had trouble lifting it, especially on stairs.
Weight
13.75 lbs.
Corded or Cordless
Corded
Cord Length
30 feet
Run Time
N/A
Bag or Bagless
Bagless
Dust Cup Capacity
0.75 L
Filter
Washable foam and non-washable pleated
Included Accessories
LED Crevice Tool, Pet Turbo Eraser Tool and 2-in-1 Pet Dusting Brush
2
Best Value Vacuum for Pet Hair
Kenmore Pet-Friendly Upright Vacuum
2
Best Value Vacuum for Pet Hair
Kenmore Pet-Friendly Upright Vacuum
Now 12% Off
$219 at Amazon
Credit: Kenmore
Pros
Air-powered hand tool with a rotating brush for easier pet hair pick-up
Certified by the Asthma and Allergy Foundation
Five-position adjustable height nozzle
Cons
May be heavy for some
Pet hair is an annoyance for most pet owners, but if you or someone in your family happens to be allergic to pet hair, it can also be a serious health issue. But this upright Kenmore has all the extras to keep pet hair where it belongs: inside the vacuum. Certified by the Asthma and Allergy Foundation (AAFA), this vacuum has a HEPA filter and passed AAFA tests for low emissions, both while vacuuming and changing the bag.
Although it lacks some of the features that other vacuum cleaners offer, like auto height adjustments for different floor types and a retractable cord, we’re impressed by its large capacity dust cup, ample hose storage, variety of tools and that it can be manually height adjusted for easier pushing across all carpet styles.
While we haven’t yet tested this specific model in our Lab, Kenmore vacuums have done well in our previous performance tests; we also trust the rigid standards of the AAFA, and are impressed with their certification criteria. Reviewers say this vacuum maintains its performance even as the bag fills with dirt, and it’s loaded with features we love, like a powerful motor and an air-powered hand tool with a rotating brush to more easily remove stubborn pet hair from upholstery, bedding and stairs. Still, at just under 20 pounds, it may not be the easiest to lift up.
Weight
19 lbs.
Corded or Cordless
Corded
Cord Length
30 feet
Run Time
N/A
Bag or Bagless
Bag
Dust Cup Capacity
1.5 L
Filter
HEPA
Included Accessories
Dusting brush, crevice tool and bare floor tool
3
Best Cordless Vacuum for Pet Hair
Dyson V15 Detect Stick Vacuum
3
Best Cordless Vacuum for Pet Hair
Dyson V15 Detect Stick Vacuum
Now 13% Off
$649 at Amazon$600 at Walmart$750 at Home Depot
Credit: Dyson
Pros
Comes with a unique tool for pet hair
On-board tool storage
Automatically adjusts suction across different flooring
Cons
Expensive
Dyson’s V15 Detect, a recent Good Housekeeping Cleaning Award winner, packs a lot of innovation into a lightweight design, with a laser that illuminates dust and other debris not visible in regular lighting, a fluffy brush that’s great for picking up hair and dust from hard flooring and an LCD screen that shows you how big or small each particle your vacuum picks up is. Our testers found maintenance easy, thanks to a hair screw tool specifically made to ball up long and short pet hair and deposit it into the dust bin without tangling around the brush. The dust bin is smaller than those on most full-size upright vacuums and therefore requires more frequent emptying.
We found manually switching between cleaning modes easy, but the auto-mode automatically adjusts the suction power depending on the floor type it senses, instantly providing stronger suction when you need it most (like when removing debris from carpet fibers). Both the filter and fluffy brush are washable, plus you can store all accessories right on the wand. It has a powerful suction, so much so that it sometimes proved troublesome for testers vacuuming around lightweight rugs that were sucked up easily by the V15 Detect.
All of its innovative features and overwhelmingly positive consumer reviews online are impressive, and we especially like the battery runtime countdown on the LCD screen that tells you exactly how long (to the second!) you have before you’ll need to charge the device’s battery.
Weight
6.8 lbs.
Corded or Cordless
Cordless
Run Time
Up to 60 minutes
Bag or Bagless
Bagless
Dust Cup Capacity
0.76 L
Filter
HEPA
Included Accessories
Hair screw tool, combination tool, stubborn dirt brush, crevice tool, mini soft dusting brush and digital motorbar
Advertisement – Continue Reading Below
4
Best Vacuum for Pet Hair and Hardwood Floors
Kenmore Pet-Friendly Pop-N-Go Bagged Canister
4
Best Vacuum for Pet Hair and Hardwood Floors
Kenmore Pet-Friendly Pop-N-Go Bagged Canister
Now 21% Off
$275 at Amazon$332 at Walmart
Credit: Kenmore
Pros
Comes with a motorized attachment for pet hair
Bagged so less dust escapes during emptying
Cons
Heavier than other similar models
For those that prefer a bagged vacuum that keeps pet hair and dander sealed after cleaning, there’s the Pet-Friendly Pop-N-Go canister vacuum from Kenmore, a 2022 Good Housekeeping Best Cleaning & Organizing Award winner. To clean hardwood floors, you can use your foot to press the button that opens up the bare floor brush storage and attach it hands-free, though one tester found that the compartment doesn’t open all the way each time, so you may have to nudge it a bit to get the brush out. We found its Pet PowerMate tool to be great for cleaning hair from upholstered furniture and carpets, and it can be stored along with all other tools right on the vacuum.
In our Lab tests, it proved to have powerful suction, picking up dry oats from our test carpets and hard flooring easily. One of our consumer testers used this vacuum right after another model, and found that it picked up debris that the first vacuum missed. “The suction was phenomenal,” our tester said. We also found it easy to maneuver and transition from carpet to hard floors, thanks to its large wheels.
Keep in mind that this vacuum clocks in at over 20 pounds, so it’ll take two hands to carry up or down stairs, though it is possible to clean stairs without having to pick it up thanks to its 10. 5-foot telescoping wand, long hose and retractable cord. These features are also helpful for cleaning large areas without having to switch outlets too often.
Weight
24 lbs.
Corded or Cordless
Corded
Cord Length
26 feet
Run Time
N/A
Bag or Bagless
Bag
Duct Cup Capacity
N/A
Filter
HEPA
Included Accessories
Crevice tool, bare floor tool, upholstery brush and pet PowerMate
5
Best Cordless Handheld Vacuum for Pet Hair
BLACK+DECKER Furbuster Cordless Handheld Vacuum for Pets
5
Best Cordless Handheld Vacuum for Pet Hair
BLACK+DECKER Furbuster Cordless Handheld Vacuum for Pets
Now 30% Off
$70 at Amazon$98 at Walmart$99 at Home Depot
Credit: Black + Decker
Pros
Powered pet head has rubber bristles to lift pet hair off furniture and stairs
Affordable
Cons
Doesn’t come with many attachments that others have
This cordless handheld vacuum from Black+Decker is a great affordable vacuum for pet hair that’s especially great for cleaning up the car. It has a motorized pet brush tool that uses rubber bristles to lift pet hair off upholstery, car seats and carpets efficiently.
The only other tool included is an extendable crevice tool that makes cleaning hard to reach areas especially easy. Like many of the best handheld vacuums, it has a long runtime of up to 32 minutes, but requires four hours for charging and does not have a removable battery so you’ll have to plug in the whole device (and when the battery eventually stops working, you’ll have to purchase a brand new hand vacuum). Its filter is washable and the dust cup empties with the push of a button, allowing for easy maintenance.
This vacuum’s powerful suction and large battery indicator were a tester’s favorite features on this model, who said, “while a small device will never be as powerful as a full-size model, this little vacuum’s suction was impressive.” With an average 4.4-star rating on Amazon from over 8,200 reviewers, this handheld vacuum is fan-approved too.
Weight
4.2 lbs.
Run time
Up to 32 minutes
Bag or Bagless
Bagless
Dust Cup Capacity
0.75 L
Corded or Cordless
Cordless
Filter
Washable filter and pre-filter
Run Time
N/A
Included Accessories
Crevice tool and motorized pet brush
6
Best Canister Vacuum for Pet Hair
Miele Boost CX1 Cat & Dog
6
Best Canister Vacuum for Pet Hair
Miele Boost CX1 Cat & Dog
$673 at Amazon$479 at Sur la Table$679 at Bloomingdale’s
Credit: Miele
Pros
Included turbo brush floorhead for pet hair pickup on carpet
Four suction power settings
Cons
Pricey
Miele’s newest canister vacuum model comes with a turbo brush floorhead specially designed for picking up dirt and hair from low to medium pile carpets. Our experts are always impressed by the design and performance of Miele vacuums in our tests, and this canister vacuum was no exception, picking up dry oats from carpets, hardwood flooring and tiles without leaving anything behind. Thanks to its small size, it can be easily stored in small spaces and its 32-foot operating radius is great for cleaning large areas. There’s even a spot on the canister body to park the hose so it stays upright during storage.
This Boost CX1 model also includes a universal floor head for pet hair pick up on bare floors. This Miele canister vacuum is one of the most expensive of our picks, but because it offers four suction power options that make it gentle enough for cleaning curtains and strong enough for cleaning carpets, our experts find that the cost is justified as you’ll be able to tackle messes from floor to ceiling with just one device.
One of our consumer testers said, “It worked well on all surfaces, but really impressed with the power it had with the area rug. ” It impressed our expert testers, too, earning it a 2022 GH Best Cleaning & Organizing Award.
Weight
18 lbs.
Corded or Cordless
Corded
Cord Length
21 feet
Run Time
N/A
Bag or Bagless
Bagless
Dust Cup Capacity
1 L
Filter
HEPA
Included Accessories
Upholstery nozzle, crevice nozzle, two floor nozzles and dusting brush
Advertisement – Continue Reading Below
7
Best Robot Vacuum for Pet Hair
eufy RoboVac 15C MAX
7
Best Robot Vacuum for Pet Hair
eufy RoboVac 15C MAX
$250 at Amazon
Credit: eufy
Pros
Removes pet hair from thick carpet with ease
Slim design gets under low furniture
Cons
Filters not washable
From our extensive testing of robot vacuums, we’ve found that most models are not ideal for picking up pet hair, especially from carpet. But this budget-friendly robot vacuum from eufy bucked the trend, easily removing pet hair from carpet and hardwood floors. It was also one of the quietest robot vacuums we tested and ran for almost two hours on a single charge.
Like most other robots on the market, it automatically returns to its charging base when the battery runs low, but lacks the ability to resume cleaning after it finishes charging like some more expensive models do. With its slim profile of just under three inches, it can glide beneath beds, low furniture and hard-to-reach places to nab stray pet hair. Its BoostIQ Technology also automatically increases suction power when it detects extra cleaning is needed and advanced sensors keep it from tumbling off ledges and stairs or running into furniture.
For a budget-friendly price, it packs quite a few of the best robot vacuum features, like spot- and edge-cleaning, but does lack some other key capabilities that some consumers might miss, like a floor mapping feature or the ability to mark off no-go zones in your home. The device’s filter cannot be washed, but a replacement filter is included with the robot vacuum and can be purchased separately at an affordable price on Amazon. Its two side brushes and roller brush action helped secure its spot as the third-best performing robot vacuum amongst 15 models we recently tested.
Weight
6 lbs.
Corded or Cordless
Cordless (Base is corded)
Run Time
Up to 100 minutes
Bag or Bagless
Bagless
Dust Cup Capacity
0.6 L
Filter
Non-washable
Included Accessories
Cleaning tool and side brushes
8
Best Corded Handheld Vacuum for Pet Hair
Bissell Pet Hair Eraser Corded Handheld Vacuum
8
Best Corded Handheld Vacuum for Pet Hair
Bissell Pet Hair Eraser Corded Handheld Vacuum
Now 34% Off
$25 at Amazon$44 at Walmart
Credit: Bissell
Pros
Compact
Lightweight
Rubber nozzle to help lift stuck-on hair
Cons
Not for narrow, hard-to-reach spots
This small-but-mighty Bissell is perfect for quick pet-hair fixes. We like that it’s designed with a rubber nozzle to help lift stuck-on hair and that it’s easy to maneuver around chair arms and stair treads, though its shape makes it a little awkward to hold and it’s not the best option for tight, hard-to-reach spots.
Our testers rated this hand vac highly because it took just four swipes to pick up every bit of hair in our pet hair pick-up tests —in fact, in our latest round of handheld vacuum tests, it earned the highest overall performance score out of 19 models tested.
Its 16-foot power cord is long enough to navigate small messes and it comes with an attachment for hard floors to nab pet hair or dry messes like kitty litter on tile and more. It’s a little heavier than a lot of other handheld vacuums we’ve tested, but worth the extra weight for the larger than usual dust cup capacity it affords users.
Weight
5 lbs.
Corded or Cordless
Corded
Cord Length
16 feet
Run Time
N/A
Bag or Bagless
Bagless
Dust Cup Capacity
0. 78 L
Filter
Multi-layer filtration
Included Accessories
Specialized rubber nozzle and suction nozzle
How we testvacuums for pet hair
In the Good Housekeeping Institute Cleaning Lab, we test dozens of vacuum cleaners throughout the year. Each vacuum model we evaluate is tested exactly the same way, according to ASTM standards. As a member of ASTM International’s F11 Vacuum Cleaner Committee, our Cleaning Lab’s executive director helps to develop the standards used across the industry to assess a vacuum’s performance, ease of use, durability and more.
In the Cleaning Lab, we assess how well vacuums pick up dirt and debris from carpets, hardwood, tile and linoleum flooring. Perhaps most importantly, every vacuum we evaluate gets tested on “pet hair,” a.k.a. fine rayon fibers that we apply to test carpeting in a uniform way. After a specified number of passes, the percent of pet hair pickup from the carpeting is determined.
Advertisement – Continue Reading Below
In addition to performance testing, each vacuum must also undergo ease of use evaluations that include assessing the weight, battery runtime, maneuverability and ease of emptying and using the controls of the devices. Models that are tested in consideration for our annual Good Housekeeping Best Cleaning & Organizing Awards are also sent to consumer testers who rate and provide feedback on the vacuum’s maneuverability, ease of use and more. Our picks are the vacuums that performed best on in-Lab pet hair tests, plus ones with features perfectly suited to tackle stubborn fur.
What to look for when shopping for the best pet hair vacuums
To help any vacuum do a better job at removing pet hair, our cleaning pros recommend giving fur-covered carpets and couches a spritz of an anti-static spray, like Static Guard, before vacuuming to help strands come up easier. Then, there are a few features to look for in a vacuum for pet hair:
✔️ Bag vs. bagless: Dust cups or bags are essential considerations for the inevitable and frequent dumping that happens as you vacuum up after your pet. Bagged vacuums are best for keeping pet hair, dust and debris out of the air when emptying the vacuum, ideal for homes with allergy sufferers. Bagless vacuums are often sealed to prevent debris escaping and going back into the air of your home as you clean, but have to be emptied directly into the trash bin where dust can escape and find its way into the air or back on the floor. Bagless models are great for homes that don’t want to re-up on bags periodically. Make sure that the dust cup is sizable and easy to empty, or that the bag is easily disposed of for the easiest post-cleaning cleanup.
✔️ Filter type: Filters not only help the dust from recirculating back into the air but can actually help neutralize pet smells in your home. Look for models with multi-layer filtration that can trap more debris than a single layer filter can. Models with pre-filters and whole machine filtration also offer multiple levels of filtration at different parts of the vacuum to further prevent dust and debris from re-entering your home’s air. And if allergies are a concern, HEPA filters are the most effective, since they trap 99.97% of dust, pollen, mold, bacteria and any airborne particles with a minimum size of 0.3 microns (nanoparticles).
✔️ Type of flooring: Many vacuum cleaners come with attachments that are specifically designed for cleaning different types of flooring. Models with brushes that can be turned off or soft brushes are the best option for hardwood flooring as they are less likely to cause scratches than brushes with harder bristles. For thick carpets, rotating brush rolls with stiff bristles help get into the individual fibers of the carpet to get as much dirt and debris out.
✔️ Corded vs. cordless: With a corded vacuum, you’ll never have to worry about running out of battery power, however, cordless vacuums are easy to take from room to room or use in a car. Deciding if you need a corded or a cordless model should be chosen depending on your usage: Do you plan to tote it around the house and outside, or perhaps you’re more likely to use it for long stretches of time? If you’re leaning toward a cordless model, look for ones that include a second battery for longer run time
✔️ Size and weight: Portability is also an important factor when shopping for a vacuum cleaner. If you’re frequently vacuuming small amounts of pet hair, you may want a handheld or stick vacuum that’s compact and lightweight to quickly suction up tiny amounts of pet hair. However, if you find yourself vacuuming large areas often to pick up pet hair you’ll want a corded canister or upright vacuum that never runs out of power. Keep in mind that heavier vacuums will be harder to carry up and down stairs if you have multiple levels to clean in your home.
✔️ Pet tools & features: Pet hair-nabbing features are crucial, like rubber trim and raised “fingers” on floor nozzles or attachments that help zap static and break the bonds so fur comes up more easily. Tangle-free brush rolls also put an end to clipping long strands of hair (from pets or humans!) that get twisted around the brush.
Is a vacuum with a HEPA filter worth it?
Yes, vacuums with HEPA filters are especially great for homes with allergy sufferers as they trap 99.97% of microscopic airborne allergens. In fact, research conducted by NASA showed that HEPA filters remove almost all nanoparticles from a space cabin. Vacuums with “HEPA-like” filters are less expensive but often are only able to trap airborne particles as small as 0.5 microns, which makes a big difference when it comes to reducing airborne viruses and bacteria in your home. Sealed vacuums that don’t allow any particles to escape from side vents or any other part of the vacuum are helpful for allergies, as are bagged vacuums that minimize the release of dust when emptying the dust cup.
Advertisement – Continue Reading Below
Why trust Good Housekeeping?
Carolyn Forté has tested and reviewed hundreds of vacuum cleaners, carpet cleaners, mops and other major (and minor) home appliances for over 40 years. She oversees all testing done in the Cleaning Lab and continually tests new products, including cleaning products made for tackling pet messes like floor cleaners formulated to remove pet odors and carpet cleaning machines that remove dried on urine stains. She is an active member of the ASTM Committee on vacuum cleaners and chairman of the consumer information sub-committee.
Carolyn Forté
Home Care & Cleaning Lab Executive Director
Carolyn Forté brings more than 40 years of experience as a consumer products expert to her role as executive director of the Good Housekeeping Institute’s Home Care and Cleaning Lab. Using deep analytical testing and writing expertise in appliances, cleaning, textiles and organizational products, she produces cleaning and home care advice for GH, has authored numerous books and bookazines for the brand and partners with the American Cleaning Institute to co-produce the Discover Cleaning Summits. She holds a bachelor’s degree in family and consumer sciences from Queens College, City University of New York.
Jodhaira Rodriguez
Home Care & Cleaning Lab Reviews Analyst
Jodhaira (she/her) is a product reviews analyst at the Good Housekeeping Institute’s Home Care & Cleaning Lab, where she tests and writes about home appliances, cleaning products and cleaning tips. Prior to joining GH in 2021, she graduated from Hofstra University with a bachelor’s degree in forensic science and spent two years as an analyst in an environmental lab in Queens.
Dyson Outsize review 2023 | Homes & Gardens
Vacuuming at home is no longer a chore with the Dyson Outsize. The updated model (formerly the V11 Outsize) featuring the latest Dyson technology promises to clean up big messes in big homes. We were intrigued to find out more so we called it in for testing to try in dusty, relatively hairy, and busy homes.
We took the relaunched Outsize for a spin. Besides the name difference, both models are effectively the same and have nearly identical performance specs. The key changes include an accessory update and the XL High Torque Cleaner Head had a facelift with the addition of a row of polycarbonate teeth designed to prevent tangles.
See our pick of the best Amazon Prime Day deals for your home
Keep scrolling to find out more about this top-of-the-range cordless vacuum cleaner to see if it is for you, then, why not check out our best cordless vacuum cleaners guide for a comparison with other vacs on the market?
Today’s best Dyson Outsize prices…
No price information
Check Amazon
Specifications
Maximum power: 220 AW
Dust capacity: .5 gal/ 1.9 litres
Run time: Up to 120 minutes of run time (across two batteries)
Charge time: 4.5 hours
Noise: 82 dBa
Dimensions: H50″ x W11.7″ x L12.5″ / 1,276 x 2681 x 320mm
Weight: 7.9lb /3.56kg
Filter: Advanced, whole-machine HEPA filtration
Warranty: 2 years
Attachments: High Torque XL Cleaning Head, hair screw tool, crevice tool, stubborn dirt brush, mini soft dusting brush, combination tool, wand clip, wall dock, two chargers, extra battery (UK version features Laser Slim Fluffy cleaner head and Light Pipe, but no extra charger)
Who will the Dyson Outsize suit?
Everyone and anyone who likes to use a cordless vacuum cleaner and has big messes to keep on top of. It will easily reach high and low to vacuum crumbs, dust, and dirt since it converts from an upright stick to a handheld with the click of a button. It’s a powerful cordless vacuum that could easily replace your corded upright. The extra-long battery life and mega-sized dust-bin mean you won’t be running to charge or empty your vacuum as frequently. Just be mindful that it is a little top-heavy (which took us by surprise) but it’s something that you get used to, or may require holding with both hands for above-floor cleaning.
Image 1 of 3
Dyson Outsize out of the box (Image credit: Future)Dyson Outsize in box (Image credit: Future)Dyson Outsize handheld (Image credit: Jennifer Oksien)
Arriving within a matter of days after ordering, the Outsize packaging was long and slim. Removing the protective, outer delivery box I was left with the product which, again, was in a box with all accessories neatly arranged. There was ZERO PLASTIC plastic packaging used here with tissue paper and cardboard being resident instead which was is a big tick from the start.
The brand has also moved its user manual to online to reduce its environmental impact. They’ve included a QR code that can easily be scanned with your smartphone to access everything you need to use register and maintain your new vac. It took just a matter of seconds for me to do this. Alternatively, you can just visit this link for quick access to everything you need to know about your purchase.
Before putting the vac to the test, it needed a charge. This one does arrive with 20 percent of its (up to) 60-minute juice already which is clearly marked on a label attached to the bin. I made the most out of this to see if there really was 20 percent / 15 minutes of charge, and there were so happy days. We didn’t get very far, though, so on it was with a full charge before equipping it with some accessories and setting some challenges.
Once fully charged, about 4.5 hours, it was ready to start vacuuming across hard flooring, carpets, and rugs throughout the home.
What is the Dyson Outsize like to use?
We’ve tested numerous vacuum cleaners in our time before getting to try the Outsize, especially with other Dyson vacuums, noticing a distinct change from the early V8 to the product we see today. This is in part to the Dyson DLS technology, which is able to immediately adjust suction according to the surface it senses.
You’ll also see the difference in terms of power, with the Outsize being able to reach an impressive 220 AW on boost mode, thanks to the Dyson Hyperdymium motor that spins at up to 125,000rpm, creating twice the suction of any other cordless vacuum. It also boasts Dyson’s fully-sealed, 6-layer filtration system that traps 99.99% of particles as small as 0. 3 microns, so you’ll have a powerful clean, and breathe a little easier too.
We gave it a go across different floor types on all three cleaning modes – Eco, Auto and Boost – which made a noticeable difference to the sound output, remaining battery, and the suction, although this didn’t seem to completely affect debris removal.
These modes also affect the battery life, with Boost using up the most juice, and lasting a mere five minutes, compared to the 60-minute lifespan on Eco. We captured a little video (below) that records the difference in sound as you click through the cleaning modes – hit the sound icon to hear it.
The Dyson Outsize comes with numerous attachments, and to be honest, not everyone is going to need to use all of them. BUT we can totally see why someone would because we all have different homes, and different cleaning requirements.
The 12.5″ High Torque XL cleaner head is the largest available on a Dyson cordless and covers the most range in one pass. Both the main roller and soft roller head (UK only), combination tool, and hair tool were more than enough for a quick and satisfying clean around the home. However, you also have a crevice tool, stubborn dirt brush, and mini soft dusting brush to use according to your needs. The extra battery and charger are useful for charging both batteries simultaneously so you’re never without a charge.
Carpets With tired-looking carpets which are on the list to be replaced, the Outsize worked wonders on it. Keeping it mostly on the Auto mode the floorhead very cleverly sensed and adapted to the varying levels across the floor Long hair also didn’t get too tangled in the brushbar, which seems to find itself all over the house
After vacuuming the carpet, call us impressed. The pile is short and was well and worn down but after a run with the Outsize, it looked lifted, and refreshed, which is rather pleasing to the eye.
Rugs Using the Outsize on our various rugs throughout the home isn’t too hard. It’s most effective on a sturdier wool rug as opposed to a thinner, delicate design, where on Eco mode, the suction was just too powerful that the rug either moved around with the floorhead or it prevented the brushbar from spinning, and therefore cease to have any suction at all.
Hard flooring Going from a space of carpet to hard floors, the vacuum auto-adjusts suction with no work on your part. It effortlessly moves. Hair did wrap on hard floors, but it did not seem to affect performance. However, I needed to take scissors to clip it off.
The UK model comes with the Laser Slim Fluffy Head by default, but in the US the attachment is a Dyson.com exclusive, and available in the Dyson Absolute + for an extra $100. The new Laser Slim Fluffy head differs from the original soft roller head in earlier V11 or V10 models due to the built-in green diode laser that reveals dirt on hard floors that the naked eye can’t see. It’s pretty amazing, and we’ve tested and gone into detail about its capabilities in our Dyson V15 Detect review. Note, the soft roller head is smaller than the High Torque XL cleaner head, but that doesn’t affect cleaning performance.
While the High Torque XL Cleaner is effective at picking up small on hard floors (more on that in our Pantry Test below)if you have the means to, we suggest upgrading to the Dyson Outsize Absolute + (US only) because using the soft roller across hard floors is extremely satisfying, and that’s before the game-changing laser addition. Granted, because it is only available through Dyson directly, its availability is limited.
The cleaner heads clip out and in with the same technique, as each accessory, with a little red lever. Another thing to note is that the soft roller head is also not as large as the High Torque XL cleaner head, but that doesn’t affect cleaning performance.
Above Floor Cleaning While impressed with what this vacuum could accomplish across a range of surfaces, once we detached the wand and cleaner head into a handheld, we found our arms quickly growing tired of reaching up to clean door frames and cobwebs that found their way into corners. Most of the vacuum’s weight is in the handheld, and clearly due to the expansive dust bin. While it was manageable for a young adult to get through the cleaning, it took decidedly more effort for an older family member. This is something to keep in mind if you want something which is lightweight to use at any level of the house.
Storing, Charging, and Maintenance Storing the Dyson Outsize as one with a floorhead, wand, and bin attached is pretty easy if you secure it onto a wall-mounted docking station. If you don’t particularly want it attached to the wall then a freestanding docking station can be purchased at $149.99 direct at Dyson US or £100 from Dyson UK. However, there are nine accessories (plus the two cleaner heads) to also somehow store which is where a utility cupboard, shelf, or bag will come in handy to keep them all together.
When the vac is docked it is charging. It’ll take up to 4.5 hours to fully charge, although it can be used any time with any amount of juice because the suction does not fade. You can check exactly how much power it has as it charges by pressing the button on the LCD screen. Unless you have a dock set-up, however, you’ll need to plug the charger into an electrical socket with the bin perched on the floor or a worktop. The charger plug is big and won’t charge the vac unless properly secured into the plug, must be completely flat.
Aside from emptying the bin as soon as the dirt reaches MAX level, cleaning of the Outsize may also be required with a damp cloth if you’ve vacuumed up anything particularly messy. It’s important to regularly clean the filters and check for blockages, too, which you’ll be alerted to on the LCD screen. The brushbar and tools would all benefit from a rinse under the tap as well to keep them performing at their best – please DO NOT put in the dishwasher as this won’t do anyone any favors!
The Pantry Test
I trialed the Dyson Outsize through the Pantry Test, the unscientific test that uses common pantry staples to test the suction capabilities of our vacuums. I arranged a quarter cup of cereal, a quarter cup of rice, and a tablespoon of sugar to see how the vacuum handled food particles large and small. I also updated the test to show how the vacuums handle hair too.
The Pantry Test on hardwood floors I’m sorry to report that the Pantry Test on hard floors did not quite go the way I wanted to. If you look closely, on the center of the cleaner head, there’s a slide bar positioned with a plus and minus sign. It’s a manual height slider that adjusts how close the cleaner head is to the floor. The plus is for ground-in dust and debris. The minus is for deep pile carpets and delicate flooring. I haven’t tampered with the switch, leaving it in the neutral, center position. In this way, the Outsize simply pushed the larger cereal pieces forward, slowly picked up the rice, and required a couple of passes over the sugar to get it cleaned up too. As for the hair, instead of suctioning up and depositing it in the dustbin, it wrapped around the brush bar. It was not until I put the cleaner head on the minus position that it would even consider suctioning the cereal, but who will want to lean down to the floor every time they change floor types?
The Pantry Test on carpet On the contrary, the Outsize passed this test with flying colors! It’s a true beast on the carpet. It sucked up the cereal, basically played a melody as it captured the rice, rode right through the sugar, and pulled in the hair after a single pass (I pushed it into the carpet a bit too).
How does the Dyson Outsize compare to others Dyson vacuums
What really sets the Outsize apart from other Dyson vacuums is that it has a 25 percent wider cleaner head and an incredible 150 percent bigger dustbin, or a 0.5 dust bin as opposed to 0.2 gallons, and includes the extra battery for extended cleaning time.
In terms of power, it is right on par with the Dyson V15 Detect, mentioned earlier. Both also received the upgrade from the mini-motorized brush to the hair screw tool, which keeps hair from getting tangled. The Dyson V15 Detect is the first vacuum of its kind to offer a laser in its design, whose entire purpose is to reveal what the eye can’t see. The addition of a piezo counter gives you an exact particle count of what has been collected.
The Dyson V15 Detect starts off at $749.99/£629.99, while the larger Outsize is $849.99/£699.99. If you want a hybrid of the two, you can score the Dyson Outsize Absolute + for $949.99 directly from the Dyson store.
As far as cordless vacuums with a dust bin that can match the size of Dyson, well, we couldn’t find any, though the latest Shark Vertex Pro Cordless Vacuum is loaded with a generous quart-sized bin.
How does it rate online?
There’s some rave reviews out there for this vac. Target customers have given the mighty vacuum 4.8 stars out of 5 and those who have bought at Best Buy have given it 4.7 stars with many gushing about its unparalleled suction power and battery life, ability to conquer pet hair and cull out the muck on floors that had just been vacuumed thoroughly before. Many also agree that it’s not featherlight compared to other Dyson, but acknowledge the compromise for the bigger dust bin and battery. At Dyson US, 88 percent would recommend the Outsize to a friend, with a 4.6 out of 5-star rating.
(Image credit: Dyson)
Homes & Gardens verdict: should you buy the Dyson Outsize?
Our verdict: a resounding YES, but we acknowledge it’s not for all households! It’s (almost) as if we look forward to vacuuming with it because the results were so impressive. It was super easy to set up and it was really handy to have the fuller-size bin and larger cleaner head. Plus it looks REALLY smart.
However, if you plan to frequently use it as a hand vac for cleaning up high and have a weaker upper body strength, we ultimately suggest trying a more lightweight Dyson, like the Dyson V15 Detect, which has the same power and but the hand vac is lighter and less bulky. You also may find that if your home is say under 1,000 square feet, the extra dust bin may be more than you need.
I’d like to see improvement in the fact that hair did wrap around the High Torque XL, but overall, it’s more a cosmetic inconvenience than a performance-based one.
To finish off with the highlights, the Dyson Outsize is best for those with a lot of square footage to cover, especially large swaths of carpets that need a deep clean. You’ll be able to get through a massive portion of your clean (maybe the whole home) before swapping out batteries or making a pit stop to the trash to empty the dust bin. To streamline chores further, the larger cleaner head ensures move coverage over one pass. It’s really a beast, in all the right ways.
Today’s best Dyson Outsize prices…
No price information
Check Amazon
About this review – and our reviewers
Jaclyn Turner is the US eCommerce editor across Future home titles, including Homes & Gardens where here she specializes in a variety of topics ranging from vacuums to bedding. She lives in a two-story home that’s equal parts carpet and hard floors.
A comprehensive refrigerator buying guide with all the information you need to shop for a new fridge.
Getting Started
The refrigerator is the most important appliance in any kitchen. From keeping your food fresh to displaying family photos, it’s the center of attention in both form and function. But with so many different types of refrigerators, it can be hard to know what size or style best fits your needs.
Is it worth spending $10,000 on a top-of-the-line built-in model, or will an entry-level unit suffice? Only you will know for sure. But if you keep reading we can help you make an informed decision.
Refrigerator Sizes
First, decide which size of refrigerator will best suit your needs. A good rule of thumb is to choose a model with roughly 5 cubic feet of capacity for each adult in your household. The total capacity of a refrigerator will include both the fridge and freezer sections. Most units also list the individual capacities of each section within their specifications.
Next, measure the space in which you plan to install the refrigerator. If it will be installed into a space surrounded by cabinets, make sure you factor in room for ventilation and opening the door. It’s also important to verify that the fridge you choose will fit through your front door, and through any other doorways, hallways, and tight corners on the way to the kitchen.
How To Measure For a New Refrigerator
1. Make sure to measure the height, width, and depth of space the unit will occupy:
2. Also remember to measure any entryways, doorways, stairs, or walkways leading to the unit’s final destination:
It’s also important to understand how far your new fridge will stick out from the wall or the surrounding cabinets. Choosing a counter-depth or built-in fridge helps keep walkways clear and opens up your kitchen space. Learn more about these types of refrigerators below.
Types of Refrigerators
Top-Freezer Refrigerators
A top-freezer refrigerator keeps the frozen food at eye level and the fresh food compartment below. These fridges offer some of the widest shelves possible in both the fridge and freezer sections. This makes them excellent choices for storing large or awkwardly shaped items like frozen pizzas and deli trays.
Traditionally, this has been the most common type of refrigerator. It’s also the most affordable and a great option for folks with basic refrigeration needs. You won’t find many special features in this type of refrigerator. But with smaller models starting around $400, top-freezer refrigerators provide excellent value. Plus, they tend to use 10 – 25% less energy than bottom-freezer fridges, helping you save year after year.
Shop Top-Freezer Refrigerators
Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators
A bottom-freezer refrigerator is a good option for households that want fresh food at eye level. Also known as bottom-mount refrigerators, these units are slightly more expensive (starting around $700) and less efficient than top-freezer models. However, by keeping important food items like drinks and produce in clear view, they provide a more ergonomic design.
The freezer compartment of these models is typically a drawer that pulls out for easy access to your favorite frozen goods. Many bottom-freezer refrigerators include wire baskets or storage bins to help keep your frozen goods organized. As a result, they provide less usable space but make it easier to keep things tidy.
Shop Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators
Side-by-Side Refrigerators
Side-by-side refrigerators place the fresh and frozen sections adjacent to one another. Doing so offers easy access to every kind of food. Because neither section stretches the full width of the appliance, this type of refrigerator can struggle to accommodate larger items. So look carefully at the capacity and flexibility of the interior.
Selecting a model with adjustable shelves and storage bins can help you customize the layout to suit your needs. This kind of versatility often makes up for the narrow width. Plus, side-by-side refrigerators have tons of door storage space that serves as the perfect home for condiments, drinks, and other smaller items. Just be aware that you’ll probably have to sacrifice a few door storage bins if you want a model with an external ice and water dispenser.
Side-by-side fridge prices typically range from $1,000 – $3,000. While this type of refrigerator might be more expensive than top- or bottom-freezer models, they often include more advanced features. Many sport glass shelves as opposed to plastic ones. Stainless steel finishes are more common. And innovative designs including touch screens and transparent door panels are available.
Shop Side-by-Side Refrigerators
French Door Refrigerators
French door refrigerators are a stylish variant of bottom-freezer refrigerators. They feature double doors that swing out from the center in place of the single door that opens to the left or right. The half-width doors allow these models to squeeze into tighter spaces.
If you have a kitchen island near your fridge, selecting a French door design can help keep walkways clear even with the doors open. Plus, when you only open one of the two doors to the fresh section, the other helps keep cool air in, lightening the load on the cooling system.
Typically the freezer section will be a drawer, just like in bottom-freezer refrigerators. That said, 4-door French door refrigerators occasionally include double doors for both the fresh and frozen sections. However, 4-door models usually complement the two refrigerator doors with two freezer drawers. It’s common for one of the two freezer doors/drawers to be capable of fresh or frozen temperatures, allowing you to adjust as needed.
French door refrigerators start at around $1,000. The most advanced units can cost several times that. Like side-by-side refrigerators, higher-end French door models often include useful innovations in addition to their precise temperature controls. From transparent glass panels on their doors to Wi-Fi capabilities, if you’re looking for modern features, French door fridges are a good place to start.
Shop French Door Refrigerators
Mini Fridges
Mini fridges, or compact refrigerators, are perfect for master suites, dorm rooms, offices, and countless other areas where only a small amount of refrigeration is needed. Just because you’re short on space, doesn’t mean you can’t have a cool drink or a tasty snack an arm’s reach away.
The smallest models are roughly 18″ cubes. This limits their capacity to around 1.5 cubic feet. But if you’re just looking to keep a few drinks nearby, they have room for plenty of cans and even 2-liter bottles. Plus, their small size keeps electricity costs to a minimum.
Larger compact refrigerators can have capacities of 6 cubic feet or more. As you might expect, they’ll take up a larger footprint. But compared to full-sized models they still save a ton of space. With more interior space available, high capacity mini-fridges often include a freezer section or customizable storage solutions. As a result, making room for whatever you have to store couldn’t be easier.
Mini fridge prices range from about $100 to several thousand dollars. The more advanced models often provide multiple storage compartments, more precise temperature controls, and other premium touches.
You can choose from panel ready models to match your surrounding cabinets, opt for a glass panel door for a clear view inside, or go for something simpler. Stainless steel is always a popular choice. Simpler still, a plain black or white model can provide the refrigeration you need at a price that’s hard to pass up.
Shop Mini Fridges
Wine Refrigerators and Beverage Centers
Wine refrigerators and beverage centers are designed to provide the perfect climate for your favorite drinks. Whether you’re looking to add some no-fuss storage to a popular room or need to store your cherished wine collection, these units can help. Choose from models with storage for less than 10 to more than 100 bottles.
To maintain the quality of your wine collection, it’s essential to store it in a temperature controlled environment. Reds should be cooled around 60° – 65° F. Whites, on the other hand, need cooler temperatures, around 45° – 50° F. Learn more about the perfect temperature to store wines.
Wine should be stored at an angle no greater than 45°. However, it’s best stored at an angle of 0°. If you are storing a big collection, think about a unit with adjustable shelving for easy viewing. You might also consider an internal light if you would like to view your collection without opening the door.
Basic beverage centers can run $300 or less. However, several models jump into the $1,000+ range. And the largest, most advanced models can reach five figures. The less expensive models are similar to mini-fridges but often include specialized shelving for cans, 12 oz bottles, and/or wine bottles. As you climb the price scale, the focus shifts almost entirely to wine. These units often include multiple cooling zones, touch screen control panels, and more.
Shop Wine Refrigerators and Beverage Centers
Freezerless Refrigerators and Upright Freezers
If you like to maintain a large inventory of perishable or frozen foods, a dedicated all-refrigerator or all-freezer will give you tons of space to store everything you need. These units can supplement your existing kitchen fridge or replace it altogether. Like top- and bottom-freezer models, freezerless refrigerators and upright freezers provide the benefit of full-width storage. While most models are smaller than 36 inches wide, they still provide ample storage for large or awkwardly shaped items.
Upright freezers start at around $500 and can reach $1,500 or more. Features like automatic defrost and highly accurate temperature controls complement the premium build quality of pricier models.
Freezerless refrigerators start a bit higher at around $700. And while a select few models can cost several thousand, most sit within the $700 – $1,500 range. Advanced models add features like ion air purifiers to eliminate bacteria, mold, and odors without the need for a filter. Entry-level models stick to more familiar options, like door storage bins and adjustable shelving.
Shop Freezerless Refrigerators
Built-In Refrigerators
If you’re looking for a top-of-the-line fridge, you’ll want a built-in model. These units are installed flush into your cabinets, providing a truly refined look. They provide exceptionally precise temperature controls as well as more refined, stylish versions of features found in freestanding fridges.
One of the biggest advantages of built-in refrigerators is their build quality. They’re typically made with commercial-grade materials. As a result, most include 2-year parts and labor warranties, twice that of a standard fridge. Many also warranty specific parts, like the refrigeration system, for 10 years or more. Given how expensive service calls can be, that kind of coverage clearly demonstrates manufacturers’ confidence in these models.
But that level of dependability comes at a price. Smaller models start around $2,000. Larger, more featureful built-in fridges can run $10,000 or more. You’ll have to decide if their reliability, style, and cooling capabilities are worth the extra cost, given your specific needs and budget.
Shop Built-In Refrigerators
Counter-Depth Refrigerators
Counter-depth refrigerators provide built-in looks at a fraction of the cost. They’re typically 24 – 25″ deep, compared to the typical 30″ depth of most standard refrigerators. Counter-depth fridges are designed to line up evenly with the surrounding cabinets. This helps keep your kitchen open and can be especially helpful if you’re short on space.
Virtually every type of refrigerator is available in a counter-depth design. So whatever your taste, there’s an option you’ll love. Just be aware that their shallow depth limits capacity slightly. So make sure to find a model with enough storage space for your family’s needs.
Because of their smaller size, counter-depth fridges are often slightly less expensive than full-depth models. However, you’ll get a better sense of pricing by looking at the above sections on the different types of refrigerators.
Shop Counter-Depth Refrigerators
Features
Once you determine your capacity needs and your preferred style, prioritize the features that matter most to you.
Customizable Shelves & Bins
Shelves that slide in and out or fold in half make it much easier to store oversized items like 2-liter bottles. Some fridges also include moveable bins that adjust to your needs, or shelves with spill-proof lips to prevent spills from spreading.
Multiple Temperature Zones
Most refrigerators include two temperature zones. One for fresh foods. One for frozen. However, some models include additional compartments. Chilling compartments are one such example. These typically sit between the fridge and freezer and maintain temperatures just above or below the freezing point. Learn more about how cold a refrigerator should be.
Other models feature zones that you can adjust to provide fresh or frozen storage depending on your needs at any given time. Samsung calls this feature a FlexZone™, while LG’s version is the Full-Convert™ drawer. Different refrigerator brands use different names for these compartments, but they all serve the same function.
Ice Maker
Never wait for ice again! Internal ice makers use filtered water to make ice cubes throughout the day. Depending on your needs, you may want to consider a fridge with an extra-large ice maker or even dual ice makers to keep drinks cold during parties.
Ice connoisseurs should consider a model with a craft ice maker, like those provided in select LG refrigerators. These round, slow-melting ice spheres are perfect for cooling drinks without diluting their taste.
While ice makers and dispensers are a must-have for many homes, be aware that the process requires a fair amount of electricity. As a result, your utility bill will almost always be slightly higher using a refrigerator with an ice maker when compared to models without one. If ice is especially important to you, consider a stand-alone ice maker. You can learn about them in our Ice Maker Buying Guide.
Filtered Ice/Water Dispensers
One of the most popular features on any fridge is the ice and water dispenser. It provides easy access to filtered water and crushed or cubed ice. Some dispensers accommodate tall bottles or have “quick fill” options to deliver the precise volume of water that you select. External dispensers allow you to fill your cup without even opening the door. Internal dispensers are usually limited to just water.
Learn how to locate and replace a refrigerators water filter with Abt’s Refrigerator Water Filter Replacement Guide.
Shop Refrigerator Water Filteres
Door-in-Door Storage
Door-in-door refrigerators allow you to quickly access drinks or condiments stored on the door without opening the whole fridge. This cuts down on the amount of time the fridge is open, lightening the load on the fridge’s cooling system and reducing energy costs.
Multiple Cooling Systems
Standard refrigerators feature a single cooling system that pumps cold air into the freezer. This air then funnels into the fridge as needed. More sophisticated fridges often feature separate cooling systems for each section. By cooling compartments individually, these units provide better temperature and humidity control.
Fresh foods stay fresh longer with a bit of humidity. With a single cooling system, this humidity can make its way into the freezer. As a result, ice build-up can become a problem. By isolating their cooling areas, these refrigerators also keep odors from drifting from fridge to freezer. So your ice won’t taste like last night’s leftovers ever again.
Energy Efficiency
Choose an ENERGY STAR® qualified refrigerator and you’ll use at least 9% less energy than other models. You may also be eligible for local rebates from your city when buying ENERGY STAR qualified devices.
Freshness Features
From basic air filters to more advanced ion air purifiers, there are a handful of features that can work to clean the air inside your refrigerator. Vacuum-sealed crisper drawers are another great way to preserve freshness.
Some fridges even include systems that absorb ethylene gas which some fruits release as they ripen. This gas accelerates the ripening process. By removing it, the fridge will maintain the taste and texture of your produce significantly longer.
Refrigerator Finish and Aesthetic Appeal
From basic black or white models to stylish stainless steel or panel-ready units, there’s sure to be a refrigerator finish that will match your kitchen’s design. Panel-ready models accommodate custom panels that you can have made to perfectly match the look of your existing cabinets. Stainless steel and black stainless steel look great in almost any setting and are generally easy to maintain. Look for fingerprint resistant models for easier upkeep.
Wi-Fi Enabled/Smart Fridges
By connecting your refrigerator to your home network you can open up a new world of possibilities. Most Wi-Fi enabled fridges allow you to monitor or adjust temperature settings from the convenience of your smartphone, or even with voice commands.
Some models include internal cameras so you can see what’s inside while you’re shopping for groceries. Others can store grocery lists, find recipes, display digital notes, show weather forecasts, or mirror your TV screen. If you’re looking for the latest and greatest model you can find, you’ll want a smart fridge.
In Summary
You’ll have lots of choices to make when buying a new fridge. Most importantly, you need to decide what capacity you need. Next, select which style or type of refrigerator best fits your budget and tastes. Consider counter-depth or built-in variants of any of these styles for a more refined look. Finally, select the features that matter most to you.
With all of this information in mind, selecting your next fridge should be a piece of cake. But of course, feel free to reach out to our experts at 800-860-3577 if you have any questions at all. We want to make sure you’re satisfied with the model you bring home and will do all we can to help make sure you are.
Refrigerator Sizes: A Guide to Measuring Fridge Dimensions
Refrigerators come in various styles, capacities and overall sizes. Standard refrigerator sizes range from around 24 to 40 inches in width, 62 to 72 inches in height and 29 to 36 inches in depth. Generally speaking, french door and side-by-side refrigerators will be larger in width and height, though counter-depth models are frequently available in these two configurations. Top- and bottom-freezer refrigerators are more often available in smaller sizes.
How to Measure Fridge Dimensions
Wondering what refrigerator dimensions best fit in your space? When considering refrigerator measurements, it’s good to note that models vary in size based on the style and capacity you choose. From traditional Maytag®top-freezer to modern Maytag®french door styling and everything in between, you have choices and those choices come in different sizes. But don’t break a sweat. Follow this fridge size guide with refrigerator size charts to help you figure out the right fit for your space.
What You’ll Need:
Measuring Tape
This Guide
Steps 2–6 reference the Maytag® french door refrigerator (model MFI2570FE) as example measurements.
STEP 1: SELECT YOUR REFRIGERATOR STYLE
Refrigerators come in different styles, which are available in a range of sizes. As we walk through the following steps for measuring your kitchen cutout, reference the size examples below to see if the style you want could fit your space. The specs shown below are generalizations to give you an idea of what might be available. Find your specific model specs online or in a store.
Need help picking which refrigerator style is best for you? Read our guide on how to choose from different types of refrigerators.
Step 2: Measuring Refrigerator Depth
When measuring for a refrigerator, you’ll want to decide what depth style you’d prefer.
Standard-Depth: Measure from your wall with a little room to extend past your cabinets.
Counter-Depth: Measure from your wall to the edge of your counter. Learn about counter-depth refrigerators.
DOES YOUR KITCHEN HAVE AN ISLAND?
Measure the space in front of the refrigerator so doors and drawers can open without getting dinged.
Measure: Depth with drawer open Depth with doors open Not including handles Including handles
Step 3: Measuring Refrigerator Width
Measure from wall to counter, cabinet to cabinet or whatever may be on either side of your refrigerator space.
Measure: Minimum width needed for your cutout
NOTE: If your refrigerator is located next to a wall, leave 3 3/4″ between the wall and the hinge side of the door so it can swing open.
Step 4: Measuring Refrigerator Height
Cabinets above your cutout? Measure from the floor to the bottom of the cabinets. Remember to account for the added height of any door hinges at the top of the refrigerator to ensure a good fit beneath overhead cabinets.
Measure: Minimum height needed for your cutout
Step 5: Add Some Breathing Room
Add a little space on all sides for proper ventilation so your refrigerator can cool things down without overheating.
Measure:
Front: Make sure doors/drawers open without any obstructions Back: Leave at least 1″ between the back of your refrigerator and the wall Sides: Leave at least ½” on all sides
STEP 6: MAP OUT A PATH FOR THE REFRIGERATOR
It fits your needs and fits your space, but how’s it getting there? From your home entrance, through each hall and doorway, measure the width of those spaces to ensure the unit will make it through—especially if you have a large refrigerator.
TIGHT SQUEEZE?
Remove the doors for extra wiggle room. This can reduce the depth by around 6 inches depending on the model.
FINDING YOUR REFRIGERATOR SIZES
Once you’ve taken measurements of your space, reference the specs of the models you are interested in online or ask a sales associate in store. That way, you can determine if those refrigerator dimensions will be a good fit. The fridge sizes guide above represents a Maytag® french door refrigerator—but can be used as a good starting point for learning how to measure for any refrigerator style. Browse refrigerator styles from Maytag or find the best refrigerator for you. Looking for more appliance measuring tips? Our guide on stove dimensions can help you find a range that’s right for your kitchen.
Shop Popular Maytag
® Refrigerators
33-Inch Wide Top Freezer Refrigerator with EvenAir™ Cooling Tower- 21 Cu. Ft.
Model: MRT711SMFZ
Color: Fingerprint Resistant Stainless Steel
Sale:
$899.00
$1,169.00
Save $270 (23%)
33-Inch Wide Bottom Mount Refrigerator – 22 Cu. Ft.
Model: MBF2258FEZ
Color: Fingerprint Resistant Stainless Steel
$1,799. 00
Save $0 (0%)
36- Inch Wide Counter Depth Side-by-Side Refrigerator- 21 Cu. Ft.
Model: MSC21C6MFZ
Color: Fingerprint Resistant Stainless Steel
Sale:
$1,699.00
$1,889.00
Save $190 (10%)
MRT711SMFZ,MBF2258FEZ,MSC21C6MFZ,MFT2772HEZ
FIND YOUR NEXT Refrigerator
Best Maytag® Refrigerators for You
See what Maytag has to offer and zero in on the right refrigerator for you.
Read More
What is a Counter-Depth Refrigerator?
Get prepped for shopping refrigerators by discovering the benefits of a counter-depth model.
Read More
Standard Counter-Depth Refrigerator Dimensions
Prepare for your next purchase by learning about counter-depth refrigerators and popular dimensions.
Read More
Browse All Info Hub Articles
WAS THIS ARTICLE HELPFUL? PASS IT ON
Item added to the compare list, you can find it at the end of this page
COMPARE Remove All
Unable to Add to Cart
Added to Cart
Confirm Cart
Model:
Color:
Quantity:
Subscribe to Receive
:
Total Price:
Proceed to Cart
Continue Shopping
VIEW PRODUCT DETAILS
Continue Shopping
How to Choose a Refrigerator: Helping You Decide on the Criteria
Refrigerator is without a doubt the number one household appliance: it usually arrives in the house earlier than any other household appliance. Therefore, we are unlikely to be able to surprise the reader with a story about what a refrigerator is and what refrigerators are: almost everyone is more or less oriented in this topic.
However, when it comes time to buy a new refrigerator for the house, a potential buyer often finds himself in confusion: what characteristics to look for in the first place? If the model you like does not fit in some parameters – how scary is it? Is it worth it to spend money on an expensive refrigerator or is it cheap enough? We will try to understand these issues.
Dimensions
The first (and most obvious) parameter is the refrigerator dimensions. Surely, before buying, you will think about where the refrigerator will stand and how much space you can allocate for it. As a rule, the refrigerator is in the kitchen. The area of an ordinary kitchen is anywhere from 6 to 12 square meters.
The standard for such a room is a refrigerator 60 centimeters wide and about the same depth. A width of 60 centimeters is a standard parameter adopted in kitchen technology: electric stoves, dishwashers, ovens, etc. are the same width. A depth of 60 centimeters is also a generally accepted standard not only for freestanding refrigerators, but also for ordinary kitchen worktops. For built-in models, the standard depth is 55 centimeters.
Samsung RB6000 – refrigerator with increased useful volume from the general interior.
Height is the most variable parameter. By and large, with a freestanding refrigerator, it is limited only by elementary considerations for the comfort of all future users: it will be inconvenient for a short person to use a tall refrigerator (this is worth remembering, especially for spouses who want to “arrange a surprise”). But when buying a built-in refrigerator, you will have to make sure that it fits in height to the kitchen set.
There are also smaller refrigerators with a width of 45 centimeters. They, as a rule, do not have a freezer and are used where there really was no place for a full-size refrigerator.
Also, when considering the location of the refrigerator, it is not out of place to immediately think about which direction the doors will open and whether something will interfere with them. Many modern refrigerators are equipped with universal doors (just hang the hinges on the other side), but it’s still worth figuring out this point, especially if you are not ready to do it yourself and the intervention of the master is required.
Usable volume
Directly related to the dimensions of the refrigerator is such a parameter as volume. At the same time, it must be remembered that the products should be located relatively freely – in accordance with the recommended storage standards. The easiest way to determine the required volume is to calculate the number of people who will use the refrigerator. For an ordinary family, the values will be as follows:
a refrigerator with a volume of up to 250 liters is enough for 1-2 people;
250-300 liters – for a family of 3;
300-350 liters – for a family of 4-5 people;
refrigerator with a capacity of more than 500 liters will be required for large families or in cases where there are special requirements for the storage of various products.
But this is the total volume, i.e. refrigerator plus freezer. And what ratio between their volumes should be considered optimal? Of course, a lot here depends on individual preferences, but on average it is believed that the refrigerator should be 2-3 times larger than the freezer.
Materials
Speaking of physical characteristics, it would be useful to note such parameters as the material of the refrigerator cover and its filling. The most simple and inexpensive material is plastic. Metal coated models tend to be more expensive, but also more durable. In a wooden case, wine cabinets are most often found.
There are models covered with poured glass (they leave much less fingerprints), and some manufacturers have even released special removable panels that allow you to quickly and easily change the color, and therefore the appearance of the refrigerator. It turns out to be almost as easy as replacing a cell phone case or bumper.
Built-in shelves and grids are available in plastic, glass or metal. Plastic grills are the simplest and most inexpensive, but can be short-lived and crack. Glass shelves, in our opinion, are the best combination of ease of maintenance, durability and efficiency. As for the metal lattice shelves, they, in turn, provide the best air circulation and maintain a uniform temperature level inside the refrigerating chamber, but if something spills or crumbles, the scale of the disaster will most likely not be limited to one shelf.
As practice has shown, the side shelves located on the door of the refrigerator compartment are most often the cause of indignation of users: for example, they often do not fit large enough items, such as 2-liter plastic bottles. If you are a fan of such bulky containers, it makes sense to clarify this issue before buying, so as not to be disappointed on the first day.
Designer refrigerators can have the most unusual look: the photo shows the result of the collaboration between Dolce & Gabbana and Smeg
Number of chambers
The number of chambers determines how many zones with different temperature levels your refrigerator will have. Most models have only two chambers: a freezer (for long-term storage of frozen foods) and a refrigerator (for short-term storage).
Three-chamber refrigerators are equipped with three compartments: refrigerator, freezer and universal compartments. The versatile chamber is often referred to as the “vegetable” or “zero” chamber: it allows you to store food at temperatures close to zero, keeping them fresh for as long as possible. Sometimes the “freshness zone” is not allocated to a separate chamber, but is present in the refrigerator in the form of a separate box with its own door.
Speaking of chambers, it would not be superfluous to once again recall such a parameter as useful volume: for example, it is better to decide in advance what size the freezer should be in order to fit all the necessary products into it.
Refrigerators usually have one door per compartment, but there are models where one door per two compartments, or where two doors cover one compartment.
Side by Side refrigerators have recently come into fashion: in them, the freezer and refrigerator compartments are not on top of each other, but side by side. As a rule, these are devices of a rather large volume, from 400 liters or more – otherwise the compartments would have to be made too narrow.
As a rule, Side by Side systems are a single unit, but some manufacturers have gone in a logical direction further and made the compartments separable: they can be placed side by side, getting an external similarity to a conventional “single” refrigerator, or separately.
Refrigerator Side by Side Vestfrost VF 395-1S BS: in fact, these are two separate chambers, but they can be placed side by side Side: It’s called “French Door”. In this case, the refrigeration compartment is closed with two doors that open wide open, and under it there is a freezer compartment with another, third door.
765-liter French Door giant of Korean Daewoo Electronics – model RF64EDG
Finally, one cannot fail to mention such an opportunity as buying a separate refrigerator (with a single refrigerator compartment) and a separate freezer. This option is usually chosen by those who want a very large freezer compartment. At the same time, a dedicated freezer may not be in the kitchen at all, but somewhere in the pantry, in the hallway or hallway – this solves the problem of combining a large freezer with a not very large kitchen within one apartment.
Temperature and freezing power
Having dealt with the volume and purpose of freezers, it’s time to look at such a parameter as temperature. For each freezer, the power is indicated, which is often marked with snowflake stars. Each “snowflake” corresponds to the camera’s ability to lower the temperature by 6 degrees: one asterisk means that the temperature in the chamber will be -6 °C, two – -12 °C, three and four – -18 °C and -24 °C, respectively. It is clear that the lower the temperature in the chamber, the longer the food can be stored in it.
Side by side with this parameter is a characteristic such as “freezing power”. This parameter determines how many kilograms of food the refrigerator can freeze from room temperature to −18 °C in one day. This parameter does not affect everyday use very much, but if your lifestyle means that you may need to fill the entire freezer at a time, then high freezing power will serve you well.
Defrost
If everything is clear with freezing, then questions may arise with defrosting: today there are three types of defrosting systems – drip, No Frost or, in the old fashioned way, manually. When manually defrosting, you will have to turn off the refrigerator and remove the water along with ice fragments. Food before this will have to be eaten or transferred to another refrigerator.
Refrigerators with the No Frost system do not need to defrost the freezer at all, as it “self-cleans” regularly. This happens as follows: due to the constant operation of the fan, the air in the freezer is mixed, which prevents zones with a large temperature difference from appearing. Therefore, the water contained in the air settles not “anywhere”, but on the evaporator, since it is the coldest place. Periodically, the compressor turns off and the short-term heating system turns on, instantly converting frost into water, which is discharged outside the freezer with a special hose into a separate vessel, from where it then evaporates.
There is an opinion that the No Frost system “dries” the food. It is both so and not so. Indeed, since the products are constantly blown with cold air, this can help to remove moisture from them more quickly. The solution is elementary: do not put anything into the chamber with the No Frost system without first packing it in a plastic or paper bag or other container.
The refrigerator compartment can also be equipped with a drip defrost system, sometimes referred to as a “weeping wall”. The principle of its operation is similar: ice forms on the evaporator, which melts when the compressor is turned off and flows into a reservoir designed for this purpose. This process takes place without the participation of a fan. A refrigerator with automatic defrosting systems for the freezer and refrigerator compartments can not be defrosted at all – unless you want to arrange a general cleaning in it.
The main difference between refrigerators with the “No Frost” system and more primitive ones, with a drip defrosting system, is that only a refrigerator can be equipped with a drip system – but not a freezer. Thus, a refrigerator with a drip system will not relieve you of the need to sometimes “defrost” the freezer.
Compressor and noise level
In most refrigerators, the compressor runs at one power (maximum), so it turns on and off as needed, maintaining a certain temperature range in the refrigerator and freezer. Each switch on and off is accompanied by a familiar noise. A more modern inverter compressor can regulate its power, so it works without pauses – simply reducing the power to a minimum when the required temperature is reached. As a rule, such a solution will not only be quieter, but also have a positive effect on energy costs.
However, the inverter compressor is much more unstable to voltage drops, so if the quality of the electricity in the outlet leaves much to be desired, it is better to connect a refrigerator with an inverter compressor through a stabilizer.
According to the number of compressors, refrigerators are divided into single and double compressors. In models with one compressor, it alternately cools either the refrigerator or the freezer, but if there are two compressors, then each of them will cool its own. Thanks to this, a higher accuracy of temperature control is achieved, in addition, the user has the opportunity to defrost each chamber individually – independently of the second.
Two-compressor systems used to be considered more “high class”, but recently everything has been mixed up. For example, you can easily find an inexpensive Russian-made or Belarusian-made refrigerator with manual defrosting – but with two compressors. Or, conversely, a fairly expensive Japanese or Korean-made model with full No Frost, three chambers and only one compressor. Some argue that one compressor wears out faster than two because it has to work harder. Some – on the contrary, that the chances of a breakdown in a two-compressor system are exactly 2 times greater. The truth seems to be that from the user’s point of view, there is no significant difference between single and dual compressor systems, and reliability depends more on the manufacturer and good design than on the number of compressors.
One of the top Sharp models – SJ-FP97VBK – has only one compressor
The noise level for each of the compressors is indicated in the documentation. As a rule, 40 dB is quite comfortable for most apartments. Silence lovers can pay attention to quieter models.
In fairness (although, rather, as an optional elective), it is worth mentioning two non-compressor circuits: absorption and thermoelectric. Both of them are quite uneconomical in terms of energy consumption compared to compressor ones, so they are practically not used in large refrigerators. Absorption refrigerators are slightly more economical than thermoelectric ones and at the same time are almost silent. Thermoelectric ones consume even more electricity, but at the same time they are absolutely silent. Perhaps only fans of silence can advise them. But at the same time, you will also have to sacrifice size.
Absorption refrigerators were widespread in the USSR in the 1950s and 1960s, and due to the lack of a compressor, many of them turned out to be so reliable that they still work – as a rule, where all obsolete equipment is “fused”: in dachas .
For the most inquisitive, since an absorption refrigerator converts heat into cold, it only needs a heat source to operate – and not necessarily an electric one. There are absorption refrigerators that run on liquefied gas. And theoretically – yes, even on firewood 🙂
Energy consumption
As with any other household appliance, each appliance is assigned a specific energy class. Different classes are traditionally denoted by Latin letters from A to G. Modern refrigerators are marked with the letters A, B and C, because today refrigerators of classes D, E, F and G are simply not produced. On the contrary, more and more often there are refrigerators with increased energy efficiency, which are marked with classes A +, A ++ and A +++, where class A +++ is the most economical.
Particularly attentive users can find in the manual such a parameter as annual energy consumption in kWh. By multiplying this parameter by the cost of one kWh in your area, you can easily find out how much the operation of the refrigerator will cost during the year.
Type of control
Simple refrigerators are controlled electromechanically – in this case, mechanical handles serve as controls, which, as a rule, allow you to set only the temperature inside the chambers – and even then quite approximately. Such a system is simpler and, in the event of a breakdown, will be cheaper to repair (however, one should not think that in this case simplicity means increased reliability).
Electronic control will allow not only to set a certain temperature value more accurately, but also, thanks to the presence of a digital display, to control the state of the device at the moment.
Most modern refrigerators, except for the most budget ones, have an electronic control system (pictured – Teka NFE 900 X)
Here you can also find additional functions: some models can signal the owner when the contents of the refrigerator have cooled to the desired temperature. Others will warn of a loose door or a malfunction. The most modern models work in conjunction with a mobile application and allow you to perform all these operations remotely. Experiments are underway to create systems that automatically monitor the presence of certain products inside the refrigerator. There are also innovative solutions that allow you to “look” into the refrigerator without opening it: for this, glass walls are used, which can be darkened and become transparent again at the request of the owner. You can also find models with a built-in TV or “smart” refrigerators that are integrated into “smart home” systems, which include other household appliances.
Other features
In addition to the main characteristics listed above, modern refrigerators have many secondary parameters that are unlikely to become decisive when choosing a model, but may tilt the choice in one direction or another.
For example, such a parameter as the duration of keeping cold, determines how long your refrigerator will be able to maintain the temperature during a power outage (may be relevant for refrigerators that are purchased at the dacha).
For those with small children, the “child lock” function is useful, thanks to which the child will not be able to change the settings or turn on the defrost mode at the most inopportune moment.
For lovers of soft drinks, an ice maker is useful – a device that will freeze pre-filled water. More advanced ice machines are able to take water directly from the water supply network, the performance of such ice machines will be much higher.
The super freeze and super cool functions are responsible for a short-term decrease in the temperature in the freezer below -24 °C or in the refrigerator compartment up to +2 °C. These modes are used to quickly cool a large number of products. It is not recommended to abuse this function unnecessarily: it puts an additional load on the compressor.
Climate class
The climate class is rarely taken into account. And in general, this is correct: it is almost impossible to find a refrigerator in a store that is not suitable for sale in your area. However, sometimes (especially among used equipment) you can find refrigerators with the “wrong” climate class. It will be easy to recognize them thanks to the marking:
Class N – the best choice for temperate climates, normal class. Operates at temperatures up to +32 °C, minimum temperature +16 °C;
Class T – up to +43 °C, this is a tropical class, for hot climates;
Class SN – intermediate class, adapted for operation at temperatures from +10 to +32 °C;
ST class – subtropical class, adapted to work at temperatures from +16 to +38 °C.
From the manufacturer’s point of view, the operation of the refrigerator in a climate that does not correspond to its climate class is the basis for denial of warranty service.
Summing up
The main parameters for evaluating a refrigerator are geometric: what area it will occupy, what its height will be, what is the useful volume of the refrigerator and freezer. A tall refrigerator is a good way to get plenty of storage without taking up a lot of space in the kitchen, but it will be more inconvenient to use the smaller you are. If the kitchen area allows, a wide and low refrigerator with the same volume is much more convenient than a narrow and high one. It is important to remember that the total “displacement” says little, because the ratio of the volumes of the refrigerator and freezer is very different. Well, do not forget that there is such an option as a single-chamber refrigerator in the kitchen plus a separate freezer somewhere else.
How to choose a refrigerator: 7 expert tips
A refrigerator is usually bought with years of service in mind. We tell you how to choose a model that will work for a long time without problems
Photo: shutterstock
French doors, energy efficiency, super freezing and ice generation – it’s all about the refrigerator and it’s easy to get confused in all these functions. Together with experts, we figure out what to look for when choosing a refrigerator, how to save money and what options will save you during power outages, and which ones will help you during the holidays.
Selection rules
Size and loading
Tool space
Control type
Noise level
Defrost type
Energy efficiency
Important functions
How to choose a built-in refrigerator
Expert comments
The material was commented and checked:
Alexey Gribovsky , general manager of the federal network of electronics stores “Positronika”
Anna Vlasova , Hotpoint Refrigerator Category Manager
Refrigerator selection rules
As a rule, the manufacturer gives a guarantee for a new refrigerator for a period of one to five years. The average service life is from seven to ten years, but it happens that the unit is changed no earlier than 20 years of active operation. In order to postpone the replacement period as much as possible, it is worthwhile to responsibly approach the choice. Here’s what experts say you should pay attention to:
1. Regular loading and the right size
It’s a shame after a couple of months of operation to find that the refrigerator is simply not enough for all the required amount of food. So it is worth evaluating in advance what should be regularly in the refrigerator and which sections are most often used.
Refrigerator capacity is measured in liters. For one person or a couple, an option up to 200 liters is suitable, but large families need large models – multi-chamber and two-door.
Photo: pexels
In addition to the total volume, attention should also be paid to which products are most often stored in the refrigerator. The following points are important here:
frequency and amount of use of the freezer. If you need frosts for a long time, it is better to give preference to options with a freezer located at the bottom of the refrigerator: they usually have more volumes. In other cases, you can get by with a refrigerator with an upper freezer – compact and practical;
the amount of fresh vegetables, fruits and perishable foods that are kept permanently. If you often buy fresh products, it is better to choose a model with a special fresh zone. It maintains zero temperature, which allows the contents to be stored longer. In large refrigerators, there may be several such compartments;
the number of bottles to be placed on the shelves. Not the most obvious, but important feature is a capacious door and separate compartments for bottled products. Sometimes it is very important to be able to accommodate a lot of juice, milk, kefir and some alcohol.
2. A place for a refrigerator
At this stage, you need to decide: a built-in refrigerator or a freestanding one. Modern kitchens are often designed in such a way as to hide all household appliances behind facades. Refrigerators are no exception, they can also be put away in a closet. There are two main such options:
partially built-in – a niche is allocated in the kitchen set;
are fully built-in, you need to allocate a separate cabinet for them, and the refrigerator door is closed from above by the kitchen facade. From the outside, it is quite difficult to guess that there is a refrigerator behind this structure.
With any type of refrigerator, you must carefully measure the place where it will be placed. When measuring, it is important to take into account the presence of sockets and skirting boards. Another important point is in which direction the door will open: when adjacent to the wall, an additional distance must be laid in order to avoid blows.
Photo: pexels
Refrigerator doors come in different types:
opening to one side. Most often, during the initial installation of the refrigerator, you can choose which side to hang them on;
hinged doors. There is a choice between French doors (when hinged only in the refrigerator, and the freezer can be represented by retractable shelves) and side-by-side doors (in fact, these are two full-fledged narrow refrigerators attached to each other).
When choosing a refrigerator, you need to take into account the climate class parameter. This indicator is related to the temperature in the room: if it is a basement, you will most likely need an SN class (moderate – from 10 to 32 degrees Celsius), and in a hot climate, ST (subtropical. 16-38 degrees) or T (tropical: 16 degrees) will do. -43 degrees). In average rooms, you can get by with class N (normal, 16–32 degrees).
3. Type of control
Normally, the refrigerator is once adjusted to the desired cooling level, in which it will continue to work. Although most modern models have special modes: for example, “vacation” and “defrost”. So it makes sense to think in advance how it is more convenient to control the unit:
electromechanical control allows you to manually set the simplest indicators, it can be found in the most budget models;
electronic control allows you to set the level of cooling to a degree, select individual functions;
The
Wi-Fi control gives you full control, right down to fault notifications.
4. Noise level
Modern refrigerators are almost silent. In measurable terms – according to GOST – the noise level should not exceed 53 dB, experts advise focusing on 40 dB. But if the refrigerator is located next to the study or bedroom, which is often the case in small apartments, even this level can be critical.
Compressors are responsible for the operation of the refrigerator chambers. The more compact the model, the more likely it is that it has only one compressor, which provides energy to all chambers. Two-compressor models usually distribute energy throughout the refrigerator and freezer compartment. In this case, you can, having gone on vacation or to the country, turn off only the refrigerator compartment, and leave the freezer to work.
The No Frost function can add noise – a special ventilation system that prevents the formation of ice and snow on the walls and doors. Such refrigerators can “sound” quite strongly in open spaces (which is why they are so noisy in supermarkets), but they are suitable for an apartment if the manufacturer has set normal noise levels – ideally up to 40 dB.
5. Defrost type
No Frost is a convenient solution, but the drip system, which involves “manual” defrost, has its advantages.
Photo: shutterstock
With the drip system, all the condensate that forms as a result of cooling the products flows down the walls into special trays, and then turns into ice. Periodically, such refrigerators must be disconnected from the mains, completely defrosted and washed. Of the benefits: a simple system is not equipped with additional fans, which means that there is more usable space in the refrigerator, and it makes less noise.
No Frost is noisier and takes up more space, but you have to clean and wash this refrigerator much less often.
6. Energy Efficiency
A refrigerator is a household appliance that runs around the clock, so its energy consumption is high. Choosing an energy-efficient model can help save on operation – here you need to pay attention to the labeling.
The letters A, A+, A++ stand for refrigerators with the highest level of energy efficiency. The more environmentally friendly the model, the more expensive it will cost, but indicators with the letter B are quite worth using.
To calculate the real savings, it is worth looking in the data sheet for the figure of energy consumption per year. It is expressed in kilowatts. This will help you calculate how much money you need to run a refrigerator per month and whether it is worth spending money on a more expensive, but energy-efficient option.
Photo: shutterstock
7. Additional functions
Additional parameters can seriously affect the operation of the refrigerator:
extra cleaning and keeping fresh. A carbon filter and an antibacterial coating are responsible for this parameter. Together they guarantee the cleanliness of the refrigerator for a longer period;
open door alert: even a small gap allows cold to escape and warm air spoils some food;
water and ice supply is a useful feature for those who often drink soft drinks. The refrigerator cools the liquid in a special compartment and independently forms ice cubes;
automatic freeze and keep warm options. For example, the “Vacation” option can turn off the cooling of the main chamber, while continuing to keep the freezer running. “Super Freeze” will help to quickly cool a bottle of champagne if there is little time left before a date or the President’s New Year’s speech.
Expert comments
Aleksey Gribovsky, general manager of the federal network of electronics stores Pozitronika:
— When choosing a refrigerator, you should pay attention to the presence of the AntiFrost (NoFrost) system, which will allow you not to defrost the refrigerator. Some models from the lower price segment still require defrosting, but, as a rule, this only applies to the freezer compartment – the refrigerator compartment of almost all of them is already made using technology that does not lead to the formation of ice.
There are also technologies that keep food fresh longer: separate cooling for the food zone, more even distribution of air flows, etc. Almost all modern refrigerators have a low noise level and it will be difficult to hear it from the next room. The country of origin does not play a big role.
The most common breakdown in refrigerators is mechanical damage. For example, if the cooling tubes are not closed with a solid wall (which is extremely rare now), then moving the refrigerator from place to place can damage them.
Today, the assortment includes many models not only for different budgets, but also for different customer requests. For example, the fresh vegetable zone allows you to keep vegetables fresh longer due to the lower temperature and optimum humidity. There is also a function to access drinks through a separate door, which maintains the required temperature in the entire refrigerator and at the same time allows you to cool drinks to the desired temperature. There are also refrigerators with electrochromatic glass on the door: by touching it, you can make it transparent and see what is inside.
Anna Vlasova, Refrigerators category manager at Hotpoint:
— Now there is a trend for a smart refrigerator due to the fashion for a healthy lifestyle. This is reflected in the development of household appliances: functions began to appear to prevent the reproduction of viruses and bacteria, dual mode functions, when the freezer can be switched to refrigerator mode and vice versa. There are zones of freshness, where the temperature is kept around zero – for the storage of meat and fish. A vacation mode has also appeared: activating the function provides for an autonomous transition of the refrigerator to an economical mode when the freezer is fully operational. More brands began to offer ergonomic solutions for competent and compact storage of products. From visual trends, almost all companies have begun to offer consumers not only traditional white and gray colors, but also more interesting options: black, bronze, marble and others.
Does Splicing Speaker Wire Reduce the Overall Quality?
When it comes to speaker wire, there’s a lot of debate out there. Some people say one thing, others say another. So what’s the truth? Are some types of speaker wires better? Is splicing a good idea and, if you do choose to splice, will it reduce the overall audio quality?
Properly performed splices should cause no audio problems. Several methods can be performed to get the perfect splice. The easiest method is to use a wire nut to clamp two wires together, but the most durable method is to solder them. Just avoid simply taping wires together, as this can be risky.
If you’re interested in adding some extra length to your setup, splicing is a great choice. Of course, you could always replace the wire with a longer one, and for extended runs, this might be the best idea. We’ll get more into that later. So, ready to learn about splicing? We’ve got all the information you need. Read on to learn more.
How Does Splicing Speaker Wire Affect Overall Sound Quality?
When it comes to splicing your speaker cables, you’re going to hear some conflicting ideas. The issues mainly come down to what people’s opinions are on what sounds good. As you can imagine, this varies widely from person to person. For an audiophile, splicing cables may be right out. Yet for more “reasonable” audio enthusiasts, it really won’t matter too much.
Splicing your speaker cables can be an incredibly effective way to extend the length of your cable runs. If it’s done well, you really shouldn’t notice any difference in your audio playback. If it’s done poorly, however, it can lead to audio dropouts and even short circuits.
What Do you Need for Splicing?
Luckily for you, performing a proper splice is easy to achieve. You can splice using a few tools and hardware you may already have lying around your home.
Most importantly, you’ll need to use a high-quality speaker wire, like this InstallGear Speaker Wire (on Amazon). This will ensure you get the highest quality result from your splice.
As a note, there are some issues that may crop up with extended lengths. For lengths over 100 ft, you may need to source a higher gauge speaker wire. Look for 14 to 12-gauge wire for longer runs, even with splicing.
How Does Splicing Speaker Wire Work?
Splicing is actually rather simple. If you connect the cores of two different wires, then the electric signal can pass through the complete cable without much issue.
There are several methods to accomplish this, and the one you opt for is up to you. Each one can provide a quality splice, given that best practices for splices are followed.
You can perform a splice by using:
The Soldering method
The Crimping method
Or The Wire nut method
It’s worth noting that while you can get a quality splice using any of these methods, a soldered connection will probably last the longest. However, soldering is the most involved of these methods, and of course, not everyone will own a soldering iron or even know how to use one properly.
So, for the easiest splice, go for either the wire nut or crimping method. We’ll walk you step-by-step through the wire nut method below.
The Wire Nut Method:
Strip ½” of the wire coating off one end of each wire.
Twist the wire pairs together.
Using a Wire Nut (on Amazon), feed the twisted wires into the opening.
Twist the nut down until both wires are secure.
Using Electrical Tape (on Amazon), wrap the newly spliced wire for extra protection.
If done correctly, you shouldn’t have to worry about audio interference from the splice.
You may be tempted to strip the wires, twist them, and then simply wrap them in electrical tape. While this is still splicing the wires, it’s in no way a reliable way to do it. The worst-case scenario for a splice like this is an electrical short circuit — which could completely ruin your system. So approach this splicing method with caution!
Does Speaker Wire Length Affect Sound Quality?
Put quite simply, yes, it does. But in most cases, this only becomes an issue if you’re running wires at extended lengths. In most cases, a speaker wire run of under 100ft shouldn’t cause any problems. After that length, you may start to see some degradation in quality and interference.
In these situations, it’s recommended for you use a thicker gauge wire. Normal 16-gauge wire will do just fine for lengths up to 100ft. But any length longer than 100ft will require a thicker wire of 14 or 12-gauge.
Is Thicker Wire Better for Speakers?
When it comes to using thicker gauge speaker wires, it’s another hotly contested debate. On one side, you’ve got the audiophiles who will go out of their way to try anything that might limit interference.
For them, it’s a constant battle for quality. Using a thicker wire is just part of making sure you never hear anything come from the speakers other than the intended audio.
For your average listener though, thicker gauge wire, like this 12 AWG Wire (on Amazon), just isn’t worth the hassle. Sure, it makes sense if you’re trying to wire speakers that are 300ft away, but it comes with a few other issues. For one, splices are much harder to achieve with a thicker wire.
In most cases, you should only use a thicker wire gauge if you have a long speaker run. In other cases, it’s just overkill and probably unnecessary.
What’s the Best Speaker Wire?
When it comes to speaker wire, there are plenty of options on the market. It’s easy to get wrapped up in all the marketing lingo: gold-plated this, conductive that. In the end, almost any speaker wire can carry a signal to a destination without interference.
Sure, some are better than others. But overall, you can even use a cheap speaker wire with your setup and not see any noticeable issues.
What you might run into issues with is interference. Since speaker wires are essentially antennas for RF signals, it’s easy to pick up extra electromagnetic energy out in the world. If you’ve ever heard someone talking from your speaker when they aren’t in use, you’ve been a victim of RF interference. The only way to combat this is to use shielded speaker wire (on Amazon).
You may still want to source a wire with a high build quality. When we say “any speaker wire will work”, we mean that you don’t necessarily need to shell out big bucks for a “high quality” speaker wire.
Finding a mid-tier quality brand is your best bet to get a high build quality that will last for years of use. Speaker wire, like this wire, from14 AWG Wire from GearIT (on Amazon) should be more than fine for general purposes.
Best Way to Splice Speaker Wire – A Complete Guide
Best Way to Splice Speaker Wire, Over the years, there has been a debate on whether or not splicing is necessary for speaker wires. With new technological advancements like a wireless sound system, it may not be an immediate concern. Nonetheless, learning how to lengthen your wires through splicing is a skill that will pay off in the long run.
Today’s article will show you the best way to splice speaker wire, including the steps and effectiveness.
Table of Contents
Preparation work before splicing speaker wire
Required Tools
Set Up Your Equipment
Measure the Distance and Cut the Wire
Strip the Wire
Method 1: Twist and Use an Electrical Tape
Method 2: Use Crimp Connectors
Apply Heat to Shrink Connectors
Method 3: Using wire nuts
Method 4: Soldering the Wire
Finally: Reconnect the Speakers
Does splicing speaker cables affect the overall sound quality?
How do I check if a speaker wire is positive or negative?
Among the methods described above, which one is suitable for novices? Which is the most stable?
Conclusion
Preparation work before splicing speaker wire
Required Tools
Heat sources like a blow dryer
Notepad (smartphone/digital or physical)
Measuring tape
Wire stripper
Electrical crimp connector that matches the gauge of the existing wire
Spool of speaker wire that matches the gauge of existing wire.
Set Up Your Equipment
The first thing to do before splicing your speaker wires is properly set up the equipment, including the speakers. Disconnect the power cords and remember to turn off the power source to the home stereo receiver.
(Removing the plug from an outlet)
Next, examine all unplugged speaker wires. Keep the good ones for later use and discard the damaged ones. You can now move your speakers to a new spot in your house.
Measure the Distance and Cut the Wire
Begin your procedure by measuring the wire lengths depending on your device’s position in the room. Then, cut your recommended speaker wires.
(Automatic cable measuring stripping crimping machine for high technology industrial work)
Strip the Wire
Remove the plastic coating surrounding the wire ends you want to connect using a wire stripper.
Method 1: Twist and Use an Electrical Tape
It is the most common and simplest method of connecting wires when working on a home audio system. Additionally, you can use it to fix your headphone wires.
The easy process comprises twisting and wrapping two spliced speaker wires in a joint using electrical tape.
Unfortunately, it is not ideal for electronic devices since the spliced and connected wires can unwind easily if you apply tension. The situation is more visible for large wires, which are harder to twist/wrap but easy to separate.
Additionally, the electrical tape will become loose with time when the adhesive ceases, especially in wet, hot, or dusty areas.
Luckily, despite the minor unreliability, always settle for a good set of wire twist pliers and quality electrical seal tapes.
Method 2: Use Crimp Connectors
Crimping the Connector
(The tool for crimping and stripping electrical wires)
The first step is to twist the negative and positive ends of the wire using your hands.
Next up, determine where the negative and positive end is. Criteria you can use are the color (e.g., red for positive), stamp, print, etc. Knowing the correct terminals will help you avoid short circuits on your speaker system.
Thirdly, position the speaker wire’s negative end in the first crimp connector to its furthest point. Similarly, insert the negative end of an extension wire into the connector’s opposite end. Repeat the same process for the positive end.
Select a suitable crimp connector for the wire, such as a red for 18-22 AWG or 14-16 AWG.
Now, use a crimp tool to crimp your connector to the speaker wire. The purpose of crimping is to aid in creating a permanent splice by locking the connector onto the speaker wire.
When done, delicately pull the speaker wires to verify a stable connection. A loose connection will destabilize the connection and need another repeat. Also, you can use electrical tapes for added firmness.
Apply Heat to Shrink Connectors
Gently use a heat source to contract the connectors after connecting the crimp connectors to the negative and positive wire ends. A lighter (used carefully), blow dryer, or hot air gun set to high heat should suffice.
When applying heat, you must hold the speaker wires a few inches lower than the crimp connectors. Then, steadily turn the connectors/wires around to reach every side. As the crimp casings shrink, they will tightly bind to the wire as a waterproof and protective seal.
Even better, you can find some electrical crimp connectors with solder inside melting from the applied heat and making a stronger connection.
Only stop the step once you have spliced and extended all lengths of the stripped and attached wires plus crimp connectors.
(Crimped cables)
Method 3: Using wire nuts
Crimped closed-end caps or sleeves/ pig-tail sleeves
Crimped caps often need appropriate crimping tools. For the procedure, strip both wires and slide them inside the sleeve before crimping them together. While twisting the wires together is not a requirement, the wire will still function if you do.
The splicing technique is quite strong despite being bulky and unappealing. As such, the approach is best for out-of-sight home applications.
Twist-on wire nuts
(Wire nut connecting wires)
Strip about half of the speaker wire, coating off a single end of all wires, then twist the stripped ends together.
Now, fit the twisted wires into a wire nut opening and twist the cap till you get secure wires.
Finally, enclose the spliced speaker wire via electrical tapes for more protection.
Method 4: Soldering the Wire
Before you begin this method, use crimp connectors for stripping and wire cutting. So, here;
Commence by cutting and stripping a ½” inch of bare speaker wire.
Then, create an X shape while holding both ends and ensure the wire faces an opposite direction.
Next, get hold of the two ends and start twisting their ends around each other to form a tight wrap.
Heat a soldering iron, then use its hot tip on one side of the wire for a few seconds. Turn over the wire and employ the soldering iron till it gets full saturation.
Let it cool down for seconds, then use electrical tape to secure the wires tightly.
(Insulating a wire using electrical tape)
Finally: Reconnect the Speakers
Finally, you have spliced your speaker wire. How about we now connect the speaker wires to the home theater or stereo amplifier/receiver system? But first, ensure you install speaker wire connectors like banana plugs because they simplify plugging into binding posts or spring clips.
(Banana plug)
Does splicing speaker cables affect the overall sound quality?
Generally, splicing speaker cables will astonishingly extend the cable length. If you do it properly, there won’t be a contrast in the audio playback. Improper splicing can cause shorts and audio dropouts.
How do I check if a speaker wire is positive or negative?
There are several ways of telling a positive wire from the negative one. Some include;
Manufacturers make a molded or imprint stripe in the insulation of a positive wire.
The wire could have a + sign with information on the wire gauge printed on it.
One wire has a silver finish, and the other has a copper color.
Often, the insulation of a positive wire is red or a distinct color from the one used in negative wires.
Lastly, a positive wire has a series of lines/dashes or a printed line.
Among the methods described above, which one is suitable for novices? Which is the most stable?
An in-line electrical crimping or wire nut method is one of the easiest splice methods. However, if you need a stable, long-lasting option, soldering the speaker wires will do. In all methods we have mentioned, ensure the connections are weatherproof when installing your wire outside.
Conclusion
Briefly, splicing speaker wires help you retain already used but in good condition wires that you would have otherwise discarded. When done properly, the now long wire will improve your sound quality.
We still have tons of wiring information for you on our website. We would be delighted if you left a comment or a question.
Speaker wires: types and characteristics
Good speaker wires are the key to pure sound
When purchasing good acoustics, an inexperienced person never thinks about the fact that for high-quality sound of the entire system, in addition to speakers, it is required to acquire the appropriate wires. This is especially true for models of the middle price segment, where the manufacturer can equip the product with good speakers, and at the same time, save on sound-conducting cables, or not put them at all.
The speaker wire is as important as the amplifier, which, by the way, performs the main work in the entire system.
Table of Contents
Main characteristics of the wires
What is a bottleneck
Characteristics of the speaker wires
Resistance of the wires
Other factors
90 022
Wire structure, standard inputs and connection
Speaker wire types
Twisted pair speaker cable
What the tests say
Terminals and connectors
Ready-made solutions
Speaker connection
Main characteristics of wires 90 042
In order to better grasp the essence of the whole problem, let’s dive into the theory a bit, and let’s see how the sound system works. The above diagram is relevant both for expensive Hi-Fi acoustics and for ordinary speakers on a personal computer.
What is a “bottleneck”
The term “bottleneck”, or “Bottleneck”, can often be heard among computer scientists, and people involved in reviews of PC hardware. It is used to designate an element of the system that slows down the rest of the parts, that is, the weakest link.
The overall performance of the system will always be equal to the power of this particular element, despite the presence of better circuit details.
A symbolic representation of how low-quality components slow down the entire system
This principle applies not only to computer peripherals, but also to any electronic circuit, and even mechanisms.
So, what is the danger of using low-quality wires? Let’s take a quick look at the principle of operation of a simple transistor amplifier.
Circuit with a transistor without specifying other elements of the circuit
So:
The diagram above shows a simplified diagram of the operation of a single-transistor audio amplifier. We did not indicate the remaining elements, so as not to complicate the process of understanding the functioning of the device, and limited ourselves to the transistor itself.
A transistor is a semiconductor part of any modern electronic device. It was thanks to him that the technique was able to decrease in size, and seriously reduce weight.
It has three pins called base, collector and emitter.
The current through the transistor flows between the collector and emitter in one direction (varies depending on the type of radio component). The base, on the other hand, serves as the key to control the flow. The principle is simple: the key is closed – no current flows, open – there are no restrictions.
But the base has not only two positions: “on” and “off”. The “door” opens slightly, depending on the voltage applied to the base (from 0 to 1 V). This is the principle of operation of the amplifier.
The voltage at the emitter exceeds the base voltage by several times, for example, 10V against the 1st. The ratio of these values is the gain factor. The base receives a variable signal from the player, or microphone, which constantly changes its value. At this time, the transistor repeats the signal, but at high voltages, which, in turn, is fed to the speakers.
Let’s assume that our amplifier can amplify the signal by 10 times, and produce a clean signal, in the frequency range from 20 Hz to 2 kHz – this is the range that is available to human hearing. But to connect to the speaker, we will take a low-quality speaker wire.
As a result, due to the fact that the wire is not able to transmit all frequencies, we get a distorted sound with noise, or an underestimation of the power of the conducted signal, part of which is spent on heating the wire. All the advantage of our good amplifier is negated. That is, in the end you will get the following scheme: signal – amplifier – “attenuator” – sound. Does anything bother you about it?
Characteristics of acoustic wires
Let’s denote all the characteristics of the conductor that affect the quality of the transmitted signal.
Loudspeaker connection
The sound quality is directly related to the following wire design specifications:
Conductor core material type;
Insulation properties and characteristics;
A feature of the internal structure of the cable.
The quality of the metal used affects the clarity and depth of low frequencies (bass). The accuracy of timbre and sound transmission depend on other characteristics.
Two-Piece Speaker Cable
Today, the most affordable metal with high conductive characteristics for acoustics is copper. It is it that is used in the manufacture of the vast majority of cables. But copper is of different quality, with various impurities that affect its properties.
As a result, copper wires are divided into the following types:
TRS – copper obtained by rough cleaning technology. Wires made of this material are used in budget acoustics, where the requirements for sound quality are low.
OFC is oxygen-free copper with good conductivity. This conductor provides signal transmission with almost no loss, and is used in systems of the middle price segment. Due to their reasonable cost and their characteristics, these wires are most widely used around the world.
РСОСС – pure copper wires obtained by continuous melt drawing. This technology was developed by Chinese engineers, and is successfully used to manufacture the highest quality products. But one should not think that this applies to Chinese products.
Tip! Some companies create their wires by changing or improving these technologies. For example, Hitachi produces an exclusive product with an enlarged crystal lattice, which is marked as LC – OFC.
Silver acoustic wire
As you know, precious metals conduct current much better than copper. But, if the price of gold and platinum is completely incompatible with such an application, then silver is used quite often in the manufacture of wires.
So, the price for 1 meter of pure silver wire is 100 euros, and this is far from the limit. These products are used in combination with elite equipment and expensive concert equipment.
Much more often, you can find the so-called composite wires, consisting of several metals. So, for example, copper conductors are covered (tinned) with a thin layer of silver or tin, which gives these wires enhanced properties.
Morel Component Speaker Wires
Combine copper not only with metals, but also with carbon conductors. Such additives give the conductor certain properties. Such wires are called component wires.
Tip! If your wire is not marked in any way, and is made of unknown alloys, then feel free to send it to the bin and run for a new one to the store.
Wire resistance
So, after reading, we summarize – the main value for the speaker cable is its bandwidth, which is directly affected by the resistance of the conductive part. The higher it is, the worse the signal passes through the wire.
As you probably already guessed, each type of alloy is distinguished by this indicator. But the resistance of the wire depends not only on this. Of great importance are the length and cross-section of the cable.
Resistor – radio component for reducing voltage and current
What does the concept of “resistance” mean in an electrical circuit? Resistance is the property of a material to resist the movement of electrons. The higher it is, the lower the bandwidth of the conductor (in electronics, special elements called resistors are used to reduce the current strength).
Let’s make a small analogy with plumbing:
Let’s imagine that we have a pipe through which water flows at a speed of 2000 liters per hour. Its diameter corresponds to the amount of liquid passed through.
But what happens if we cut a section of another pipe, smaller, in the middle, or slightly turn off the tap?
That’s right. The amount of water passed will decrease, since an additional obstacle has appeared in its path that impedes the flow – that is, resistance is created.
Or the reverse situation – we increase the diameter of the pipe at the same pressure as before. We immediately deduce the following rule: reducing resistance without increasing the load does not affect system performance.
The situation is similar with electric current – the thinner or longer the wire, the higher its resistance. The signal will be transmitted much better over a thick cable, but looking back at the rule described above, we will clarify that its diameter must be selected for the peak signal power.
Attention! Acoustic wire 2×4 mm², capable of transmitting a signal almost at the speed of light (98% excellent result).
Wire resistance chart
Calculating wire resistance is very easy. Use the following table for this. For example, the diameter of a 10 meter copper wire is 1 mm. The resistance of 1 meter of this wire is 0.023 ohms, which is very small. All you have to do is multiply this value by the total length of the conductor: 0.023 * 10 = 0.23 ohms.
Next, your amplifier’s manual opens and looks at the optimal value recommended by the manufacturer. If necessary, you can carry out the calculation yourself, but we will omit this part, since we had no intention to dive into the formulas from the very beginning.
Let’s go back to our plumbing for a moment. What happens if you create too much pressure in the pipe?
That’s right, it will vibrate, and perhaps even burst in the worst place. In electronics, this phenomenon is called a short circuit (short circuit). Of course, it does not threaten you when connecting acoustics, but signal loss, sound quality deterioration, and wire heating are quite common phenomena.
Other factors
Speaker wires in different insulation
Moving on. The next factor affecting the quality of the wires is the insulation material, which also contains a certain set of characteristics.
We will not delve into this jungle, and we will only note the main thing:
The best insulation is considered to be Teflon, especially foamed, or with low density.
Next in descending order is polypropylene – wires with such insulation are slightly worse, but have a more pleasant price.
The most common insulating material today is polyvinyl chloride. But such acoustic wires, due to the effect of charge accumulation by the dielectric, strongly distort the sound, and are clearly not suitable for high-quality sound systems.
Tip! Good insulation of the speaker wire must be elastic, otherwise, with strong bends, it may be damaged.
An additional advantage of high-quality wire is the presence of a screen that will prevent the appearance of noise. This type of cable is recommended for car audio and expensive Hi-Fi acoustics.
Shielded speaker cable with double insulation and braid
Wire structure, standard inputs and connection
In this part of the article we will look at the structure of the wires, and get acquainted with the list of terminals and connections for them.
Types of speaker wires
Speaker wires can be solid or stranded. The latter, in turn, are divided into three types.
Bundle: the arrangement of current-carrying conductors in such a cable is uneven, which makes it vulnerable to reflected signals. Therefore, it is not recommended to use this type with acoustics.
Concentric speaker cable
The next type of wire is called concentric. Due to the fact that the conductors are located evenly, an almost perfect circular cross section is formed along the entire length of the conductor, which gives stable resistance in all sections, and as a result, signal transmission with low losses.
Stranded wire
The best construction is rope. In fact, this is an improved model of the previous cable, but with better indicators of the flexibility of the wire itself, which is very important when laying in areas with sharp bends.
Solid wires have the highest capacity, but due to their high rigidity, their use in compact systems is quite problematic.
Twisted Pair Speaker Cable
Twisted Pair cables stand apart and have a variety of braiding options. Some of them are equipped with complex shielding, which greatly affects the quality of the transmitted signal.
Both solid and stranded current-carrying conductors can be used in these wire models. The farther they are separated from each other, the clearer and more detailed the frequencies are transmitted from the amplifier – but at the same time, the unity of the sound begins to suffer. Therefore, the most optimal combination of these parameters is the main task of engineers creating these wires.
Speaker wire 2×4 mm: twisted pair
Twisted pair is available in the following models:
UTP – standard cable without shield;
FTP – this speaker cable model has a foil shield to reflect interference;
STP – each strand of the wire has its own shield, plus an overall shield is added, in the form of a braid of copper wire;
S/FTP – the outer shield for the cable is a twisted copper pair, each of which has a foil braid;
SF/UTP – Twisted-pair cable is not protected, but the screen of such a wire consists of both foil and wire.
Tip! Even well-shielded wires with a double layer of insulation are able to capture extraneous noise, therefore, when laying on metal structures (car interior), it is recommended that they be placed in a corrugation first.
What the tests say
Testing speaker wires
Each type of cable has already been tested by someone many times, so users have their own opinion about each model in particular.
So, what do professionals on the Internet advise:
Naturally, pure silver wires have the best performance, which can provide sound transmission with overtones, and original sound recording, without any distortion
Single Crystal Copper (CCM) wire is an excellent solution for all types of frequencies. A speaker wire for a subwoofer made of this material will provide clean, deep bass.
When choosing an oxygen-free copper cable, you will run into a real problem. The reason is that the sound quality on wires from different manufacturers is very different. This is especially true of Chinese products, most of which do not hold water.
Composite wires are also quite good, but sometimes, tin-plated copper can create a lisping effect. Silver-plated models give the sound more brightness, which is rather considered a plus.
Tip! When choosing a wire, discard unmarked options. It is better to buy a well-known brand. For example, the products of the Mystery company stand out from the budget segment.
Terminals and connectors
We think that it is no secret to anyone that the type of terminal is selected depending on the shape of the mating socket that amplifiers and speakers are equipped with. But still, we think that going over the main ones will be quite useful.
U-terminals
The photo above shows a U-terminal, which is most often used when installing car amplifiers. The connection has an insulating casing for protection, but anyway, it is recommended to additionally wrap the joints of the insulators with electrical tape. This is done because the contacts in the system are very close to each other, and the vibration of the car body can expose the insulation.
Subwoofer terminal block
Screw terminals do not require any additional parts from you. It is enough to insert the end of the wire, cleaned from insulation, into the hole and tighten the nut. Most often, such connections can be seen on woofers and home hi-fi systems.
Screw terminals
Screw terminals are used when connecting professional equipment, expensive acoustics and sound recording mixers.
Clamp terminal
Clamp terminals are a very convenient solution used in most computer speakers, low cost home theaters and music centers. This connection also does not need mating connectors.
Ready-made solutions
If your sound system is equipped with sockets instead of terminal blocks, then you will have to buy a ready-made speaker cable for them. Although the market most often presents samples of Chinese industry, the quality of which is clearly not the best, you can still find products from well-known manufacturers, since all of the above applies fully to these products.
Computer speaker wire
So, for example, to connect a separate amplifier or music center to a computer sound card, a 3.5 mm mini-Jack – tulip cable is used. By the way, in radio stores you can always find a lot of adapters and non-standard cables that will allow you to connect non-core devices to the system.
Tulip cable
Many systems, including automotive ones, are equipped with tulip sockets. This connection is very convenient and reliable. Wires of this type can be used for both audio and video transmission.
Connecting speakers
Connecting your audio system is very easy. The main thing is to follow the manufacturer’s recommendations, and follow the connection sequence.
Speaker cable marking
Each amplifier supports a certain number of connected speakers, which you can choose yourself, according to the required connection scheme. Ready-made systems are completed from the factory, and have the appropriate designation: 2.0; 2.1; 5.1; 7.1 – these figures just tell about the number of columns in the set.
The first digit indicates how many high and mid frequency outputs the amplifier has. The second – indicates the presence of a low-frequency subwoofer in the system.
In order not to get confused, open the attached connection diagram, where you will see the name of all the conclusions, which, by the way, are duplicated on the amplifier itself and the speakers.
All you have to do is connect all the elements in series. But be careful not to confuse the polarity. The positive terminals of the amplifier and speakers are usually indicated in red, and the negative ones in black.
Positive wire for acoustics, marked with a colored stripe (see photo above), or has a red insulation. Negative – may be black, or not be marked at all.
By connecting the speaker wires in series with the leads, you guarantee yourself a high-quality result, without the risk of confusing cables. Believe me, it will take you much more time to unpack the system and place it around the room.
That’s all – we hope that we were able to present the material most fully. Read more articles on our website!
Do-it-yourself twisted-pair speaker cable
Twisted-pair cable
There are many types of speaker cables on the market today. The mass of all kinds of products: copper cables, silver, thin, thick. In a word, the choice is not easy to make. At the same time, a branded cable is always expensive, because in this case, not only quality, but also a special “marketing chip” is an advantage. Twisted pair speaker cable can be used as a consumable to create the right cable for the purest sound. How to make an acoustic cable from a twisted pair and much more will be presented in our article.
Twisted pair cable
Twisted pair speaker cable
A twisted pair cable is a wire intended for acoustic or other purposes. This very cable always consists of several pairs of wires, isolated from each other in a special way. As regards the twisting of wires, this is done for a specific purpose, to increase the cable’s noise immunity and reduce electromagnetic vibrations. There are various types of twisted pair cables (more on that below). In category 5 and higher cables, the pairs are twisted together using various pitches to prevent interference that can be associated with the periodic approach of the conductors.
How to make your own high quality wire using a twisted pair cable
Homemade speaker cable
A minimum investment of money (good speaker cable is always very expensive, remember that!) And following the instructions correctly is all that is needed. As a result, we get the right speaker cable, which will give excellent sound:
We take an ordinary twisted pair cable.
We remove the main insulation and in front of us are 8 thin wires.
The wires must be copper and not any other material. At the same time, it is desirable that copper be pure, without any special impurities.
Remove the insulation from each wire, but do it very carefully.
Now you need to get the GOI paste (yes, yes, the same one that is used for finishing sharpening knives).
We arm ourselves with a soft cloth, apply a little paste on it and clean the copper wire. It is necessary to ensure that the wire becomes mirror-clean and very smooth.
It is advisable to carry out this work in special gloves made of fabric in order to avoid oxidation of copper. Sterility in this case is the basis of a positive result. Otherwise, if it (sterility) is not ensured, the whole thing may go down the drain.
After each of the wires is cleaned to a shine, you need to take an ordinary medical bandage, always sterile.
We connect all the wires back and wrap them with a bandage, and on top with electrical tape.
What it does
You do not need to have seven spans in your forehead to know that the cleaner and more specular the wire, the better the HF and MF will pass through it. In other words, these highest and middle frequencies in the car interior will be clean and without artificial embellishments.
The better to remove the cable protection
It is worth remembering that wrapping copper wires with a bandage should be due to the fact that this improves insulation. The fact is that cotton insulation has everything necessary for the rapid movement of current. Plain paper has the same properties, which can also be used instead of a bandage. As for the surface tape, which is put on top of the bandage, it only plays the role of protection, preventing the fabric from fraying over time. These wires always give a clear and high-quality sound. Fast bass, and high and mid frequencies are just super: not artificial and synthetic, as before, but even and clear.
What is a finished twisted pair speaker cable
Twisted-pair speaker cable
If there is no time to make the cable yourself, then let’s look at the twisted-pair speaker cable itself, which is sold ready-made on the market. Note that there are many varieties of it. Let’s dwell on the most common.
It depends on how the cable conductors are intertwined with each other, in what configuration they are located, what shield they are protected by, etc. and determines how good the cable is and corresponds to the end result – to provide good sound.
Cable types:
UTP – this type of twisted pair cable does not have a shield. This cable is also called unshielded twisted pair.
Speaker Cable Routing
FTP or F/UTP is a twisted pair cable with an overall foil shield. This type of cable is also called a shielded pair, although in general this is not entirely true. The screen is present in such cables, but in the simple sense of the word.
UTP category 6 twisted pair cable German
SF/UTP – again unshielded twisted pair with double braid. Often such a cable is referred to as F2TP or F2 / UTP.
STP is a shielded twisted pair cable where each wire has its own independent shield. In addition, there is also a mesh on such cables.
S/FTP or SFTP is foil and shielded twisted pair. Each pair in such a shielded cable is in a special braid and has an outer copper shield.
Shielded twisted pair cable
Twisted pair cable categories
In addition to types, twisted pair cables are further divided into categories. They are numbered from 1 to 7 and the higher the category, the more efficient the frequency range passed by the cable. Cable categories higher than 5 have more pairs of wires and of course turns per unit length.
For acoustic purposes, only cables of category 5 and above are used.
Stranded and solid twisted pair cable
Multi-core twisted pair cable
In addition, the twisted-pair cable can be multi-core or solid:
If the cable is solid, it should never be subjected to frequent bending. The conductors in such cables break easily. Usually it is not used for acoustic purposes.
Stranded cable, which consists of a bundle of thin copper wires, is much more resistant to constant bending and twisting. The braid of this cable is made of polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene. Most modern multicore cable sheaths are also coated with chalk, which increases the fragility of the sheath. This is necessary so that the cable can be easily cut at the incision site.
Speaker cable for car
The information above has been presented regarding twisted pair cable for speakers. Laying such a cable in the passenger compartment with your own hands to a subwoofer or car radio (see New car radio 2 din pioneer – comfort on long journeys) is carried out strictly according to the instructions, which can be easily found on the net.
Does Splicing Speaker Wire Reduce the Overall Quality?
When it comes to speaker wire, there’s a lot of debate out there. Some people say one thing, others say another. So what’s the truth? Are some types of speaker wires better? Is splicing a good idea and, if you do choose to splice, will it reduce the overall audio quality?
Properly performed splices should cause no audio problems. Several methods can be performed to get the perfect splice. The easiest method is to use a wire nut to clamp two wires together, but the most durable method is to solder them. Just avoid simply taping wires together, as this can be risky.
If you’re interested in adding some extra length to your setup, splicing is a great choice. Of course, you could always replace the wire with a longer one, and for extended runs, this might be the best idea. We’ll get more into that later. So, ready to learn about splicing? We’ve got all the information you need. Read on to learn more.
How Does Splicing Speaker Wire Affect Overall Sound Quality?
When it comes to splicing your speaker cables, you’re going to hear some conflicting ideas. The issues mainly come down to what people’s opinions are on what sounds good. As you can imagine, this varies widely from person to person. For an audiophile, splicing cables may be right out. Yet for more “reasonable” audio enthusiasts, it really won’t matter too much.
Splicing your speaker cables can be an incredibly effective way to extend the length of your cable runs. If it’s done well, you really shouldn’t notice any difference in your audio playback. If it’s done poorly, however, it can lead to audio dropouts and even short circuits.
What Do you Need for Splicing?
Luckily for you, performing a proper splice is easy to achieve. You can splice using a few tools and hardware you may already have lying around your home.
Most importantly, you’ll need to use a high-quality speaker wire, like this InstallGear Speaker Wire (on Amazon). This will ensure you get the highest quality result from your splice.
As a note, there are some issues that may crop up with extended lengths. For lengths over 100 ft, you may need to source a higher gauge speaker wire. Look for 14 to 12-gauge wire for longer runs, even with splicing.
How Does Splicing Speaker Wire Work?
Splicing is actually rather simple. If you connect the cores of two different wires, then the electric signal can pass through the complete cable without much issue.
There are several methods to accomplish this, and the one you opt for is up to you. Each one can provide a quality splice, given that best practices for splices are followed.
You can perform a splice by using:
The Soldering method
The Crimping method
Or The Wire nut method
It’s worth noting that while you can get a quality splice using any of these methods, a soldered connection will probably last the longest. However, soldering is the most involved of these methods, and of course, not everyone will own a soldering iron or even know how to use one properly.
So, for the easiest splice, go for either the wire nut or crimping method. We’ll walk you step-by-step through the wire nut method below.
The Wire Nut Method:
Strip ½” of the wire coating off one end of each wire.
Twist the wire pairs together.
Using a Wire Nut (on Amazon), feed the twisted wires into the opening.
Twist the nut down until both wires are secure.
Using Electrical Tape (on Amazon), wrap the newly spliced wire for extra protection.
If done correctly, you shouldn’t have to worry about audio interference from the splice.
You may be tempted to strip the wires, twist them, and then simply wrap them in electrical tape. While this is still splicing the wires, it’s in no way a reliable way to do it. The worst-case scenario for a splice like this is an electrical short circuit — which could completely ruin your system. So approach this splicing method with caution!
Does Speaker Wire Length Affect Sound Quality?
Put quite simply, yes, it does. But in most cases, this only becomes an issue if you’re running wires at extended lengths. In most cases, a speaker wire run of under 100ft shouldn’t cause any problems. After that length, you may start to see some degradation in quality and interference.
In these situations, it’s recommended for you use a thicker gauge wire. Normal 16-gauge wire will do just fine for lengths up to 100ft. But any length longer than 100ft will require a thicker wire of 14 or 12-gauge.
Is Thicker Wire Better for Speakers?
When it comes to using thicker gauge speaker wires, it’s another hotly contested debate. On one side, you’ve got the audiophiles who will go out of their way to try anything that might limit interference.
For them, it’s a constant battle for quality. Using a thicker wire is just part of making sure you never hear anything come from the speakers other than the intended audio.
For your average listener though, thicker gauge wire, like this 12 AWG Wire (on Amazon), just isn’t worth the hassle. Sure, it makes sense if you’re trying to wire speakers that are 300ft away, but it comes with a few other issues. For one, splices are much harder to achieve with a thicker wire.
In most cases, you should only use a thicker wire gauge if you have a long speaker run. In other cases, it’s just overkill and probably unnecessary.
What’s the Best Speaker Wire?
When it comes to speaker wire, there are plenty of options on the market. It’s easy to get wrapped up in all the marketing lingo: gold-plated this, conductive that. In the end, almost any speaker wire can carry a signal to a destination without interference.
Sure, some are better than others. But overall, you can even use a cheap speaker wire with your setup and not see any noticeable issues.
What you might run into issues with is interference. Since speaker wires are essentially antennas for RF signals, it’s easy to pick up extra electromagnetic energy out in the world. If you’ve ever heard someone talking from your speaker when they aren’t in use, you’ve been a victim of RF interference. The only way to combat this is to use shielded speaker wire (on Amazon).
You may still want to source a wire with a high build quality. When we say “any speaker wire will work”, we mean that you don’t necessarily need to shell out big bucks for a “high quality” speaker wire.
Finding a mid-tier quality brand is your best bet to get a high build quality that will last for years of use. Speaker wire, like this wire, from14 AWG Wire from GearIT (on Amazon) should be more than fine for general purposes.
Best Way to Splice Speaker Wire – A Complete Guide
Best Way to Splice Speaker Wire, Over the years, there has been a debate on whether or not splicing is necessary for speaker wires. With new technological advancements like a wireless sound system, it may not be an immediate concern. Nonetheless, learning how to lengthen your wires through splicing is a skill that will pay off in the long run.
Today’s article will show you the best way to splice speaker wire, including the steps and effectiveness.
Table of Contents
Preparation work before splicing speaker wire
Required Tools
Set Up Your Equipment
Measure the Distance and Cut the Wire
Strip the Wire
Method 1: Twist and Use an Electrical Tape
Method 2: Use Crimp Connectors
Apply Heat to Shrink Connectors
Method 3: Using wire nuts
Method 4: Soldering the Wire
Finally: Reconnect the Speakers
Does splicing speaker cables affect the overall sound quality?
How do I check if a speaker wire is positive or negative?
Among the methods described above, which one is suitable for novices? Which is the most stable?
Conclusion
Preparation work before splicing speaker wire
Required Tools
Heat sources like a blow dryer
Notepad (smartphone/digital or physical)
Measuring tape
Wire stripper
Electrical crimp connector that matches the gauge of the existing wire
Spool of speaker wire that matches the gauge of existing wire.
Set Up Your Equipment
The first thing to do before splicing your speaker wires is properly set up the equipment, including the speakers. Disconnect the power cords and remember to turn off the power source to the home stereo receiver.
(Removing the plug from an outlet)
Next, examine all unplugged speaker wires. Keep the good ones for later use and discard the damaged ones. You can now move your speakers to a new spot in your house.
Measure the Distance and Cut the Wire
Begin your procedure by measuring the wire lengths depending on your device’s position in the room. Then, cut your recommended speaker wires.
(Automatic cable measuring stripping crimping machine for high technology industrial work)
Strip the Wire
Remove the plastic coating surrounding the wire ends you want to connect using a wire stripper.
Method 1: Twist and Use an Electrical Tape
It is the most common and simplest method of connecting wires when working on a home audio system. Additionally, you can use it to fix your headphone wires.
The easy process comprises twisting and wrapping two spliced speaker wires in a joint using electrical tape.
Unfortunately, it is not ideal for electronic devices since the spliced and connected wires can unwind easily if you apply tension. The situation is more visible for large wires, which are harder to twist/wrap but easy to separate.
Additionally, the electrical tape will become loose with time when the adhesive ceases, especially in wet, hot, or dusty areas.
Luckily, despite the minor unreliability, always settle for a good set of wire twist pliers and quality electrical seal tapes.
Method 2: Use Crimp Connectors
Crimping the Connector
(The tool for crimping and stripping electrical wires)
The first step is to twist the negative and positive ends of the wire using your hands.
Next up, determine where the negative and positive end is. Criteria you can use are the color (e.g., red for positive), stamp, print, etc. Knowing the correct terminals will help you avoid short circuits on your speaker system.
Thirdly, position the speaker wire’s negative end in the first crimp connector to its furthest point. Similarly, insert the negative end of an extension wire into the connector’s opposite end. Repeat the same process for the positive end.
Select a suitable crimp connector for the wire, such as a red for 18-22 AWG or 14-16 AWG.
Now, use a crimp tool to crimp your connector to the speaker wire. The purpose of crimping is to aid in creating a permanent splice by locking the connector onto the speaker wire.
When done, delicately pull the speaker wires to verify a stable connection. A loose connection will destabilize the connection and need another repeat. Also, you can use electrical tapes for added firmness.
Apply Heat to Shrink Connectors
Gently use a heat source to contract the connectors after connecting the crimp connectors to the negative and positive wire ends. A lighter (used carefully), blow dryer, or hot air gun set to high heat should suffice.
When applying heat, you must hold the speaker wires a few inches lower than the crimp connectors. Then, steadily turn the connectors/wires around to reach every side. As the crimp casings shrink, they will tightly bind to the wire as a waterproof and protective seal.
Even better, you can find some electrical crimp connectors with solder inside melting from the applied heat and making a stronger connection.
Only stop the step once you have spliced and extended all lengths of the stripped and attached wires plus crimp connectors.
(Crimped cables)
Method 3: Using wire nuts
Crimped closed-end caps or sleeves/ pig-tail sleeves
Crimped caps often need appropriate crimping tools. For the procedure, strip both wires and slide them inside the sleeve before crimping them together. While twisting the wires together is not a requirement, the wire will still function if you do.
The splicing technique is quite strong despite being bulky and unappealing. As such, the approach is best for out-of-sight home applications.
Twist-on wire nuts
(Wire nut connecting wires)
Strip about half of the speaker wire, coating off a single end of all wires, then twist the stripped ends together.
Now, fit the twisted wires into a wire nut opening and twist the cap till you get secure wires.
Finally, enclose the spliced speaker wire via electrical tapes for more protection.
Method 4: Soldering the Wire
Before you begin this method, use crimp connectors for stripping and wire cutting. So, here;
Commence by cutting and stripping a ½” inch of bare speaker wire.
Then, create an X shape while holding both ends and ensure the wire faces an opposite direction.
Next, get hold of the two ends and start twisting their ends around each other to form a tight wrap.
Heat a soldering iron, then use its hot tip on one side of the wire for a few seconds. Turn over the wire and employ the soldering iron till it gets full saturation.
Let it cool down for seconds, then use electrical tape to secure the wires tightly.
(Insulating a wire using electrical tape)
Finally: Reconnect the Speakers
Finally, you have spliced your speaker wire. How about we now connect the speaker wires to the home theater or stereo amplifier/receiver system? But first, ensure you install speaker wire connectors like banana plugs because they simplify plugging into binding posts or spring clips.
(Banana plug)
Does splicing speaker cables affect the overall sound quality?
Generally, splicing speaker cables will astonishingly extend the cable length. If you do it properly, there won’t be a contrast in the audio playback. Improper splicing can cause shorts and audio dropouts.
How do I check if a speaker wire is positive or negative?
There are several ways of telling a positive wire from the negative one. Some include;
Manufacturers make a molded or imprint stripe in the insulation of a positive wire.
The wire could have a + sign with information on the wire gauge printed on it.
One wire has a silver finish, and the other has a copper color.
Often, the insulation of a positive wire is red or a distinct color from the one used in negative wires.
Lastly, a positive wire has a series of lines/dashes or a printed line.
Among the methods described above, which one is suitable for novices? Which is the most stable?
An in-line electrical crimping or wire nut method is one of the easiest splice methods. However, if you need a stable, long-lasting option, soldering the speaker wires will do. In all methods we have mentioned, ensure the connections are weatherproof when installing your wire outside.
Conclusion
Briefly, splicing speaker wires help you retain already used but in good condition wires that you would have otherwise discarded. When done properly, the now long wire will improve your sound quality.
We still have tons of wiring information for you on our website. We would be delighted if you left a comment or a question.
Speaker wires: types and characteristics
Good speaker wires are the key to pure sound
When purchasing good acoustics, an inexperienced person never thinks about the fact that for high-quality sound of the entire system, in addition to speakers, it is required to acquire the appropriate wires. This is especially true for models of the middle price segment, where the manufacturer can equip the product with good speakers, and at the same time, save on sound-conducting cables, or not put them at all.
The speaker wire is as important as the amplifier, which, by the way, performs the main work in the entire system.
Table of Contents
Main characteristics of the wires
What is a bottleneck
Characteristics of the speaker wires
Resistance of the wires
Other factors
90 022
Wire structure, standard inputs and connection
Speaker wire types
Twisted pair speaker cable
What the tests say
Terminals and connectors
Ready-made solutions
Speaker connection
Main characteristics of wires 90 042
In order to better grasp the essence of the whole problem, let’s dive into the theory a bit, and let’s see how the sound system works. The above diagram is relevant both for expensive Hi-Fi acoustics and for ordinary speakers on a personal computer.
What is a “bottleneck”
The term “bottleneck”, or “Bottleneck”, can often be heard among computer scientists, and people involved in reviews of PC hardware. It is used to designate an element of the system that slows down the rest of the parts, that is, the weakest link.
The overall performance of the system will always be equal to the power of this particular element, despite the presence of better circuit details.
A symbolic representation of how low-quality components slow down the entire system
This principle applies not only to computer peripherals, but also to any electronic circuit, and even mechanisms.
So, what is the danger of using low-quality wires? Let’s take a quick look at the principle of operation of a simple transistor amplifier.
Circuit with a transistor without specifying other elements of the circuit
So:
The diagram above shows a simplified diagram of the operation of a single-transistor audio amplifier. We did not indicate the remaining elements, so as not to complicate the process of understanding the functioning of the device, and limited ourselves to the transistor itself.
A transistor is a semiconductor part of any modern electronic device. It was thanks to him that the technique was able to decrease in size, and seriously reduce weight.
It has three pins called base, collector and emitter.
The current through the transistor flows between the collector and emitter in one direction (varies depending on the type of radio component). The base, on the other hand, serves as the key to control the flow. The principle is simple: the key is closed – no current flows, open – there are no restrictions.
But the base has not only two positions: “on” and “off”. The “door” opens slightly, depending on the voltage applied to the base (from 0 to 1 V). This is the principle of operation of the amplifier.
The voltage at the emitter exceeds the base voltage by several times, for example, 10V against the 1st. The ratio of these values is the gain factor. The base receives a variable signal from the player, or microphone, which constantly changes its value. At this time, the transistor repeats the signal, but at high voltages, which, in turn, is fed to the speakers.
Let’s assume that our amplifier can amplify the signal by 10 times, and produce a clean signal, in the frequency range from 20 Hz to 2 kHz – this is the range that is available to human hearing. But to connect to the speaker, we will take a low-quality speaker wire.
As a result, due to the fact that the wire is not able to transmit all frequencies, we get a distorted sound with noise, or an underestimation of the power of the conducted signal, part of which is spent on heating the wire. All the advantage of our good amplifier is negated. That is, in the end you will get the following scheme: signal – amplifier – “attenuator” – sound. Does anything bother you about it?
Characteristics of acoustic wires
Let’s denote all the characteristics of the conductor that affect the quality of the transmitted signal.
Loudspeaker connection
The sound quality is directly related to the following wire design specifications:
Conductor core material type;
Insulation properties and characteristics;
A feature of the internal structure of the cable.
The quality of the metal used affects the clarity and depth of low frequencies (bass). The accuracy of timbre and sound transmission depend on other characteristics.
Two-Piece Speaker Cable
Today, the most affordable metal with high conductive characteristics for acoustics is copper. It is it that is used in the manufacture of the vast majority of cables. But copper is of different quality, with various impurities that affect its properties.
As a result, copper wires are divided into the following types:
TRS – copper obtained by rough cleaning technology. Wires made of this material are used in budget acoustics, where the requirements for sound quality are low.
OFC is oxygen-free copper with good conductivity. This conductor provides signal transmission with almost no loss, and is used in systems of the middle price segment. Due to their reasonable cost and their characteristics, these wires are most widely used around the world.
РСОСС – pure copper wires obtained by continuous melt drawing. This technology was developed by Chinese engineers, and is successfully used to manufacture the highest quality products. But one should not think that this applies to Chinese products.
Tip! Some companies create their wires by changing or improving these technologies. For example, Hitachi produces an exclusive product with an enlarged crystal lattice, which is marked as LC – OFC.
Silver acoustic wire
As you know, precious metals conduct current much better than copper. But, if the price of gold and platinum is completely incompatible with such an application, then silver is used quite often in the manufacture of wires.
So, the price for 1 meter of pure silver wire is 100 euros, and this is far from the limit. These products are used in combination with elite equipment and expensive concert equipment.
Much more often, you can find the so-called composite wires, consisting of several metals. So, for example, copper conductors are covered (tinned) with a thin layer of silver or tin, which gives these wires enhanced properties.
Morel Component Speaker Wires
Combine copper not only with metals, but also with carbon conductors. Such additives give the conductor certain properties. Such wires are called component wires.
Tip! If your wire is not marked in any way, and is made of unknown alloys, then feel free to send it to the bin and run for a new one to the store.
Wire resistance
So, after reading, we summarize – the main value for the speaker cable is its bandwidth, which is directly affected by the resistance of the conductive part. The higher it is, the worse the signal passes through the wire.
As you probably already guessed, each type of alloy is distinguished by this indicator. But the resistance of the wire depends not only on this. Of great importance are the length and cross-section of the cable.
Resistor – radio component for reducing voltage and current
What does the concept of “resistance” mean in an electrical circuit? Resistance is the property of a material to resist the movement of electrons. The higher it is, the lower the bandwidth of the conductor (in electronics, special elements called resistors are used to reduce the current strength).
Let’s make a small analogy with plumbing:
Let’s imagine that we have a pipe through which water flows at a speed of 2000 liters per hour. Its diameter corresponds to the amount of liquid passed through.
But what happens if we cut a section of another pipe, smaller, in the middle, or slightly turn off the tap?
That’s right. The amount of water passed will decrease, since an additional obstacle has appeared in its path that impedes the flow – that is, resistance is created.
Or the reverse situation – we increase the diameter of the pipe at the same pressure as before. We immediately deduce the following rule: reducing resistance without increasing the load does not affect system performance.
The situation is similar with electric current – the thinner or longer the wire, the higher its resistance. The signal will be transmitted much better over a thick cable, but looking back at the rule described above, we will clarify that its diameter must be selected for the peak signal power.
Attention! Acoustic wire 2×4 mm², capable of transmitting a signal almost at the speed of light (98% excellent result).
Wire resistance chart
Calculating wire resistance is very easy. Use the following table for this. For example, the diameter of a 10 meter copper wire is 1 mm. The resistance of 1 meter of this wire is 0.023 ohms, which is very small. All you have to do is multiply this value by the total length of the conductor: 0.023 * 10 = 0.23 ohms.
Next, your amplifier’s manual opens and looks at the optimal value recommended by the manufacturer. If necessary, you can carry out the calculation yourself, but we will omit this part, since we had no intention to dive into the formulas from the very beginning.
Let’s go back to our plumbing for a moment. What happens if you create too much pressure in the pipe?
That’s right, it will vibrate, and perhaps even burst in the worst place. In electronics, this phenomenon is called a short circuit (short circuit). Of course, it does not threaten you when connecting acoustics, but signal loss, sound quality deterioration, and wire heating are quite common phenomena.
Other factors
Speaker wires in different insulation
Moving on. The next factor affecting the quality of the wires is the insulation material, which also contains a certain set of characteristics.
We will not delve into this jungle, and we will only note the main thing:
The best insulation is considered to be Teflon, especially foamed, or with low density.
Next in descending order is polypropylene – wires with such insulation are slightly worse, but have a more pleasant price.
The most common insulating material today is polyvinyl chloride. But such acoustic wires, due to the effect of charge accumulation by the dielectric, strongly distort the sound, and are clearly not suitable for high-quality sound systems.
Tip! Good insulation of the speaker wire must be elastic, otherwise, with strong bends, it may be damaged.
An additional advantage of high-quality wire is the presence of a screen that will prevent the appearance of noise. This type of cable is recommended for car audio and expensive Hi-Fi acoustics.
Shielded speaker cable with double insulation and braid
Wire structure, standard inputs and connection
In this part of the article we will look at the structure of the wires, and get acquainted with the list of terminals and connections for them.
Types of speaker wires
Speaker wires can be solid or stranded. The latter, in turn, are divided into three types.
Bundle: the arrangement of current-carrying conductors in such a cable is uneven, which makes it vulnerable to reflected signals. Therefore, it is not recommended to use this type with acoustics.
Concentric speaker cable
The next type of wire is called concentric. Due to the fact that the conductors are located evenly, an almost perfect circular cross section is formed along the entire length of the conductor, which gives stable resistance in all sections, and as a result, signal transmission with low losses.
Stranded wire
The best construction is rope. In fact, this is an improved model of the previous cable, but with better indicators of the flexibility of the wire itself, which is very important when laying in areas with sharp bends.
Solid wires have the highest capacity, but due to their high rigidity, their use in compact systems is quite problematic.
Twisted Pair Speaker Cable
Twisted Pair cables stand apart and have a variety of braiding options. Some of them are equipped with complex shielding, which greatly affects the quality of the transmitted signal.
Both solid and stranded current-carrying conductors can be used in these wire models. The farther they are separated from each other, the clearer and more detailed the frequencies are transmitted from the amplifier – but at the same time, the unity of the sound begins to suffer. Therefore, the most optimal combination of these parameters is the main task of engineers creating these wires.
Speaker wire 2×4 mm: twisted pair
Twisted pair is available in the following models:
UTP – standard cable without shield;
FTP – this speaker cable model has a foil shield to reflect interference;
STP – each strand of the wire has its own shield, plus an overall shield is added, in the form of a braid of copper wire;
S/FTP – the outer shield for the cable is a twisted copper pair, each of which has a foil braid;
SF/UTP – Twisted-pair cable is not protected, but the screen of such a wire consists of both foil and wire.
Tip! Even well-shielded wires with a double layer of insulation are able to capture extraneous noise, therefore, when laying on metal structures (car interior), it is recommended that they be placed in a corrugation first.
What the tests say
Testing speaker wires
Each type of cable has already been tested by someone many times, so users have their own opinion about each model in particular.
So, what do professionals on the Internet advise:
Naturally, pure silver wires have the best performance, which can provide sound transmission with overtones, and original sound recording, without any distortion
Single Crystal Copper (CCM) wire is an excellent solution for all types of frequencies. A speaker wire for a subwoofer made of this material will provide clean, deep bass.
When choosing an oxygen-free copper cable, you will run into a real problem. The reason is that the sound quality on wires from different manufacturers is very different. This is especially true of Chinese products, most of which do not hold water.
Composite wires are also quite good, but sometimes, tin-plated copper can create a lisping effect. Silver-plated models give the sound more brightness, which is rather considered a plus.
Tip! When choosing a wire, discard unmarked options. It is better to buy a well-known brand. For example, the products of the Mystery company stand out from the budget segment.
Terminals and connectors
We think that it is no secret to anyone that the type of terminal is selected depending on the shape of the mating socket that amplifiers and speakers are equipped with. But still, we think that going over the main ones will be quite useful.
U-terminals
The photo above shows a U-terminal, which is most often used when installing car amplifiers. The connection has an insulating casing for protection, but anyway, it is recommended to additionally wrap the joints of the insulators with electrical tape. This is done because the contacts in the system are very close to each other, and the vibration of the car body can expose the insulation.
Subwoofer terminal block
Screw terminals do not require any additional parts from you. It is enough to insert the end of the wire, cleaned from insulation, into the hole and tighten the nut. Most often, such connections can be seen on woofers and home hi-fi systems.
Screw terminals
Screw terminals are used when connecting professional equipment, expensive acoustics and sound recording mixers.
Clamp terminal
Clamp terminals are a very convenient solution used in most computer speakers, low cost home theaters and music centers. This connection also does not need mating connectors.
Ready-made solutions
If your sound system is equipped with sockets instead of terminal blocks, then you will have to buy a ready-made speaker cable for them. Although the market most often presents samples of Chinese industry, the quality of which is clearly not the best, you can still find products from well-known manufacturers, since all of the above applies fully to these products.
Computer speaker wire
So, for example, to connect a separate amplifier or music center to a computer sound card, a 3.5 mm mini-Jack – tulip cable is used. By the way, in radio stores you can always find a lot of adapters and non-standard cables that will allow you to connect non-core devices to the system.
Tulip cable
Many systems, including automotive ones, are equipped with tulip sockets. This connection is very convenient and reliable. Wires of this type can be used for both audio and video transmission.
Connecting speakers
Connecting your audio system is very easy. The main thing is to follow the manufacturer’s recommendations, and follow the connection sequence.
Speaker cable marking
Each amplifier supports a certain number of connected speakers, which you can choose yourself, according to the required connection scheme. Ready-made systems are completed from the factory, and have the appropriate designation: 2.0; 2.1; 5.1; 7.1 – these figures just tell about the number of columns in the set.
The first digit indicates how many high and mid frequency outputs the amplifier has. The second – indicates the presence of a low-frequency subwoofer in the system.
In order not to get confused, open the attached connection diagram, where you will see the name of all the conclusions, which, by the way, are duplicated on the amplifier itself and the speakers.
All you have to do is connect all the elements in series. But be careful not to confuse the polarity. The positive terminals of the amplifier and speakers are usually indicated in red, and the negative ones in black.
Positive wire for acoustics, marked with a colored stripe (see photo above), or has a red insulation. Negative – may be black, or not be marked at all.
By connecting the speaker wires in series with the leads, you guarantee yourself a high-quality result, without the risk of confusing cables. Believe me, it will take you much more time to unpack the system and place it around the room.
That’s all – we hope that we were able to present the material most fully. Read more articles on our website!
Do-it-yourself twisted-pair speaker cable
Twisted-pair cable
There are many types of speaker cables on the market today. The mass of all kinds of products: copper cables, silver, thin, thick. In a word, the choice is not easy to make. At the same time, a branded cable is always expensive, because in this case, not only quality, but also a special “marketing chip” is an advantage. Twisted pair speaker cable can be used as a consumable to create the right cable for the purest sound. How to make an acoustic cable from a twisted pair and much more will be presented in our article.
Twisted pair cable
Twisted pair speaker cable
A twisted pair cable is a wire intended for acoustic or other purposes. This very cable always consists of several pairs of wires, isolated from each other in a special way. As regards the twisting of wires, this is done for a specific purpose, to increase the cable’s noise immunity and reduce electromagnetic vibrations. There are various types of twisted pair cables (more on that below). In category 5 and higher cables, the pairs are twisted together using various pitches to prevent interference that can be associated with the periodic approach of the conductors.
How to make your own high quality wire using a twisted pair cable
Homemade speaker cable
A minimum investment of money (good speaker cable is always very expensive, remember that!) And following the instructions correctly is all that is needed. As a result, we get the right speaker cable, which will give excellent sound:
We take an ordinary twisted pair cable.
We remove the main insulation and in front of us are 8 thin wires.
The wires must be copper and not any other material. At the same time, it is desirable that copper be pure, without any special impurities.
Remove the insulation from each wire, but do it very carefully.
Now you need to get the GOI paste (yes, yes, the same one that is used for finishing sharpening knives).
We arm ourselves with a soft cloth, apply a little paste on it and clean the copper wire. It is necessary to ensure that the wire becomes mirror-clean and very smooth.
It is advisable to carry out this work in special gloves made of fabric in order to avoid oxidation of copper. Sterility in this case is the basis of a positive result. Otherwise, if it (sterility) is not ensured, the whole thing may go down the drain.
After each of the wires is cleaned to a shine, you need to take an ordinary medical bandage, always sterile.
We connect all the wires back and wrap them with a bandage, and on top with electrical tape.
What it does
You do not need to have seven spans in your forehead to know that the cleaner and more specular the wire, the better the HF and MF will pass through it. In other words, these highest and middle frequencies in the car interior will be clean and without artificial embellishments.
The better to remove the cable protection
It is worth remembering that wrapping copper wires with a bandage should be due to the fact that this improves insulation. The fact is that cotton insulation has everything necessary for the rapid movement of current. Plain paper has the same properties, which can also be used instead of a bandage. As for the surface tape, which is put on top of the bandage, it only plays the role of protection, preventing the fabric from fraying over time. These wires always give a clear and high-quality sound. Fast bass, and high and mid frequencies are just super: not artificial and synthetic, as before, but even and clear.
What is a finished twisted pair speaker cable
Twisted-pair speaker cable
If there is no time to make the cable yourself, then let’s look at the twisted-pair speaker cable itself, which is sold ready-made on the market. Note that there are many varieties of it. Let’s dwell on the most common.
It depends on how the cable conductors are intertwined with each other, in what configuration they are located, what shield they are protected by, etc. and determines how good the cable is and corresponds to the end result – to provide good sound.
Cable types:
UTP – this type of twisted pair cable does not have a shield. This cable is also called unshielded twisted pair.
Speaker Cable Routing
FTP or F/UTP is a twisted pair cable with an overall foil shield. This type of cable is also called a shielded pair, although in general this is not entirely true. The screen is present in such cables, but in the simple sense of the word.
UTP category 6 twisted pair cable German
SF/UTP – again unshielded twisted pair with double braid. Often such a cable is referred to as F2TP or F2 / UTP.
STP is a shielded twisted pair cable where each wire has its own independent shield. In addition, there is also a mesh on such cables.
S/FTP or SFTP is foil and shielded twisted pair. Each pair in such a shielded cable is in a special braid and has an outer copper shield.
Shielded twisted pair cable
Twisted pair cable categories
In addition to types, twisted pair cables are further divided into categories. They are numbered from 1 to 7 and the higher the category, the more efficient the frequency range passed by the cable. Cable categories higher than 5 have more pairs of wires and of course turns per unit length.
For acoustic purposes, only cables of category 5 and above are used.
Stranded and solid twisted pair cable
Multi-core twisted pair cable
In addition, the twisted-pair cable can be multi-core or solid:
If the cable is solid, it should never be subjected to frequent bending. The conductors in such cables break easily. Usually it is not used for acoustic purposes.
Stranded cable, which consists of a bundle of thin copper wires, is much more resistant to constant bending and twisting. The braid of this cable is made of polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene. Most modern multicore cable sheaths are also coated with chalk, which increases the fragility of the sheath. This is necessary so that the cable can be easily cut at the incision site.
Speaker cable for car
The information above has been presented regarding twisted pair cable for speakers. Laying such a cable in the passenger compartment with your own hands to a subwoofer or car radio (see New car radio 2 din pioneer – comfort on long journeys) is carried out strictly according to the instructions, which can be easily found on the net.
The ultrawide and macro lenses aren’t the most useful additions, but they do add a little extra versatility.
In fact, this is the best display that we’ve tested in this price range, even outside of Samsung’s affordable phone lineup.
This phone is frequently available for huge discounts (or free) on contract in the US, and despite its fairly standard design, we think it’s a pretty good budget buy.
Even better, you can get it for free or cheap via carriers like T-Mobile and AT&T. We think that’s a fantastic deal, and this device is more than capable for the vast majority of users. It’s worth mentioning that there’s an LTE version of the Galaxy A14 available in some regions for slightly less, but we think the 5G version is a better overall buy.
It also features decent battery life and great software support, just like most other Samsung phones.
This phone can be a great first smartphone for just about anyone, and it’s a solid introduction to One UI and Samsung’s Android ecosystem.
This can come in the form of better build quality to resist breaking or a better powerful processor to run more demanding apps in the future.
Of course, if cameras aren’t important to you, this won’t be an issue.
There are just so many manufacturers to choose from. The cheapest phones aren’t made alike, though. The budget options you choose should offer respectable specs, decent performance and good software support. 
As the leading global Android smartphone vendor, Samsung provides the best selection. The company wants to offer the best value for money with its budget devices. Customers can rest assured that they will get the most bang for their buck.
The gaming experience is better than it has ever been before. This alone is one of the biggest selling points of the device. 
This device has the same Snapdragon 750G chipset as the Galaxy A52. So there’s plenty of power under the hood to handle routine tasks and even a bit of gaming. The device comes with up to 8GB of RAM and 128GB of storage.
Till that happens, the Galaxy A32 5G remains the best bet for customers who need a smartphone in this price range.
There’s a MediaTek Dimensity 700 chipset under the hood paired with 4GB of RAM and 64GB of storage. 
This is one of the company’s most entry-level devices. As you’d expect, it doesn’t support 5G. 
It did launch with a price tag of $699. However, it’s available at a significant discount from Amazon on most days. It can currently be bought for $549. If you’re able to stretch your budget a bit, you can’t go wrong with the Galaxy S21 FE. 
If you’re someone who only wants the latest model with decent power, opt for the Galaxy A53 5G. If you just want a budget phone to make calls, send emails and do some light browsing, then you can’t go wrong with the Galaxy A03s. 
Conventionally, all the lines of the company’s phones can be divided into several classes: 
95% 
On the positive side, only good performance for the budget segment can be noted, which is argued by the support for the Exynos 850 processor. The camera has a main sensor of 50 megapixels with an aperture of f / 1.8. This is a good indicator, but the other two modules do not even make sense to discuss. 
Secondly, proprietary Exynos processors are used, which made it possible to reduce the level of power consumption. At the same time, there is also an inexpensive display on a PLS-matrix, which no longer has a modest FHD + resolution, but low brightness. The Exynos 1330 chip in terms of performance is not much superior to the “snaps” of the 400 series. However, this smartphone looks much more interesting, as it has fast charging at 15W, an 8MP selfie camera and a microSD slot for installing up to 1 terabyte of memory. The main camera has four modules, including a large 50 megapixel lens. 
The features of this device include a bright screen on Super AMOLED technology. The display attracts with high smoothness of the picture in 90 Hz, but the resolution is only 1600 by 720 pixels. The branded panel houses a modest selfie camera, the resolution of which reaches only 13 megapixels. In turn, the main camera has four lenses, including the main lens of 48 megapixels. Here it should be noted chic stabilization. Responsible for autonomy is a battery with a capacity of 5000 mAh, which is complemented by powerful fast charging at 15 watts. 
The display here uses Super AMOLED technology with a refresh rate of 90 Hz. Pleased with the support of the under-screen scanner, as well as a separate slot for a memory card, so you do not have to sacrifice a slot for a SIM card. Fast charging power is 15W. The Helio G80, created by Mediatek, is responsible for the performance of this line. The screen attracts with good color reproduction, a smooth picture and a high level of clarity. In the display, you can find a modest in size, but a good front camera, the resolution of which reaches 20 megapixels. The main camera supports a 64 megapixel lens, and three more auxiliary sensors. 
This is due to the use of a 5000 mAh battery, which, with moderate use, is enough for 3 days of operation without recharging. It is important to emphasize that a lot of energy is required, because the screen is based on a PLS matrix with a resolution of 2408 by 1080 pixels and a clarity of 400 PPI. It was possible to increase the energy efficiency of the smartphone through the use of the proprietary Snapdragon 750G processor. There is enough power even in a configuration with 4 gigabytes of RAM. I would like to note the presence of a good selfie camera, the resolution of which is 8 megapixels. In this case, the main camera includes three modules, including the Samsung S5KJN1. 
There is support for fast charging, an NFC module, but there are not too many options for a actually premium model. The manufacturer abandoned experiments with a retractable front camera, and the increase in performance against the background of the same A51 is not so attractive, in our opinion. 
At the same time, an innovative function of expanding the RAM, not the ROM, is implemented. The screen is built using Super AMOLED Plus technology. Inside the display is a good selfie camera, the resolution of which reaches 32 megapixels. At the same time, the main camera has three lenses, including a 64 megapixel matrix (this is an ISOCELL GW3 sensor). Responsible for performance is the Snapdragon 778G mid-range processor. In this configuration, this chip is paired with 6 gigabytes of RAM. The battery capacity is 5000 mAh, and 25 W fast charging is implemented. 
Recall that the A52 version received Snapdragon 720G. Nevertheless, the new processor of the South Korean giant is really good (more than 500 thousand points in AnTuTu). The main camera corresponds to its class, and has 3 sensors, including a 50 MP lens. It is important that optical stabilization is implemented, and the model is gaining around 107 points in DxOMark. The display here uses an expensive panel on Super AMOLED technology, the refresh rate of which is 120 Hz. The fingerprint scanner is located under the screen, there are stereo speakers and NFC. In terms of functionality, this device is clearly superior to the M54. The case is protected according to the IP-67 standard. 
Also worth noting is support for the premium Snapdragon 8+ Gen 1 processor created by Qualcomm. Of course, reverse charging is implemented, which is typical for all premium devices of this brand. 
5 W (Qi). Implemented a dynamic screen refresh rate depending on the content with a maximum rate of 120 Hz. Of course, the body is protected from moisture, there is a branded stylus. The gadget is powered by the new proprietary Samsung Exynos 2200 processor. For the US market, the same model runs on a Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 chip, which is traditionally considered more efficient both in terms of power and energy consumption. 
Naturally, this uses a flexible display, and there is a stylus, which is not in the Z Flip. The main screen is built on a Dynamic AMOLED 2X matrix with a frequency of 120 Hz. At the same time, the case is protected according to the IPX8 standard. In the last generation there was a problem with glass. It was solved with the help of Gorilla Glass Victus + and Samsung’s proprietary ultra-thin solution. Strength was almost doubled. The resource is enough for hundreds of thousands of folding, according to the company’s test results. The main camera has flagship parameters. It is also worth noting the presence of the Snapdragon 8+ Gen 1 processor. The battery capacity of 4400 mAh, in our opinion, is not enough to power two screens at once. 
Devices with support for reverse and wireless charging, as a rule, are included in the S-series. In the budget segment, there are mainly models with a fast charging power of 15 watts. 
In addition, smartphones with proprietary processors are well optimized, which has a positive effect on battery life. 
In terms of value for money, the Galaxy S10 Lite undoubtedly looks decent, but this model is already outdated. And, despite the more advanced screen than mid-range novelties, not everyone wants to buy an outdated flagship that is about to stop updating. 
These screens are equipped with the most expensive smartphones of the brand. 
But you can buy a device that can do anything the user wants with $200 in your pocket. The specialists of the popular tech portal Digital Trends have compiled their rating of the best budget smartphones that you can buy right now. 
It has all the top features like 90Hz screen refresh rate and 5G as well as long battery life. This is the best option for those who value screen and battery life more than camera and design. 
15
30
58
10
23
j-benzingaUrl” data-track-code=”Upgrades_Downgrades_Read More”>
06
24
Inc. Price Data
35
25
21
50
19
33
38
66
99
22
21
99
58
19
5% over the week 
Events that affect the market 
Earlier, MC Pervaya, as well as private investor Elida Khasanova, filed a lawsuit 
Sollers shares reacted with growth of more than 4% 
Dollar index against major world currencies fell to lows in more than a year 
If this factor is not calculated in advance, management may face the fact that the only option is the liquidation (bankruptcy) of the company. This can be avoided with timely modernization / reorganization of the company or expansion of activities. But all this requires the attraction of additional funds. 
Based on a detailed study, a decision is made on the profitability of the proposal. 
Prices for housing and real estate in general are relatively stable, the liquidity of this asset changes slightly. 
). 
swissgear.com/backpacks/laptop-friendly-backpacks?dir=desc&order=bestsellers”>
swissgear.com/backpacks/laptop-friendly-backpacks?dir=asc&order=position”>
swissgear.com/backpacks/laptop-friendly-backpacks?dir=desc&order=bestsellers”>
3 inch Zohar LZ-06 with USB travel school made of polyester waterproof wear-resistant high capacity fabric with reinforced handle, 4 zipped compartments, blue 
6 16 17 9 0067 17 .3 18 inch male female bag case Ultra BL, orange 
6 1 6 17 17 .3 18 inch male female shoulder bag case Ultra RL, anchors 
3kg, black [90bcpcb21112u-bl] Colour: black 
3″ Backpack RivaCase Borneo black (7860) Colour: black, Warranty ia: 2 years, Arrival to shop: 
In addition, the color range of such bags is the widest, and you can easily choose the one that suits you.
The size of your future laptop bag depends on the size of the screen diagonal, usually it is from 10 to 18 inches.
The laptop should easily fit into the bag and preferably be fixed with special straps inside. This will provide complete protection from scratches, so you don’t need to choose a bag that is too large.
00
00
”
Tenants can choose flexible lease terms of three years or longer; opportunities are available from 10,000 square feet to 250,000 square feet and are fully furnished to meet their needs. Take a video tour here.
00
00
”
Tenants can choose flexible lease terms of three years or longer; opportunities are available from 10,000 square feet to 250,000 square feet and are fully furnished to meet their needs. Take a video tour here.
Pay attention to dimensions, especially height. 
”
They are relatively quiet. In contrast, air rowing machines (what you find at most gyms) are much louder. This doesn’t make them bad, however. Some rowing machines, like the Concept2 RowErg, have been designed to keep the noise factor low. 
For example, the Hydrow Rower, comes with a 22-inch touchscreen, and made it onto Oprah’s Favorite Things 2021 list. It can be stored upright. However, compact it’s not. Alternatively, the NordicTrack RW900 also comes with a large display, cost less, and folds. 
They’re also lighter than other rowing machines, so they’re easy to transport from one place to another. 
99 (was $999)
97 (was $399)
If you can’t get out into the water, it’s the next best thing with its electromagnetic drag mechanism that makes each stroke feel like you’re gliding through actual waves. If you’ve always wanted the machine but couldn’t fit it in your home, you’ll love the Hydrow Wave Rower. It technically doesn’t fold but is narrow, and can be stored upright for storage with a vertical anchor. Like the Hydrow Rower, it offers a more authentic rowing experience but is 30 percent smaller. It also comes in four different colors. No matter how “cozy” your dwelling space is, the machine won’t take up precious room and may actually enhance the aesthetic instead of taking away. It has a 16 inch screen, and if you have a Hydrow All-Access Membership ($44 per month), you can virtually row around the world, plus take part of yoga classes, circuit training, conditioning and more! The screen doesn’t rotate but gliding mechanism is so quiet, you can workout whenever you want without disturbing anyone.
90
It uses air resistance, which can be controlled through the damper. Expect smooth rowing from this bestseller that’s sure to keep you entertained while sweating. The performance monitor has games, workout options, and can connect to fitness apps, and bluetooth. Assembly is easy, and the base of the rower detaches for simple storing. 
Pulse pistons on the side of the seat measure your heart rate. One Amazon reviewer loved how it didn’t bring clutter to their home. 
You can join studio classes or have iFit expert trainers control the intensity of your workouts. A monthly membership to the platform is $39.99, but your purchase includes a 30 day family membership (up to 5 users). This rower comes with 26 different options for digital resistance, as well as magnetic and air, which can be adjusted manually. Pedals are oversized, so no worries about uncomfortable footing. Measures 50.4 inches high and 36.2 inches wide when folded. If you’re not completely convinced the rower is worth your investment, here is one review a happy customer left:
I definitely have felt an improvement in my style of rowing, and really enjoy having this as part of my home gym.”
The rower even made one customer give up their gym membership.
The large adjustable LED display screen track time, number of strokes, calories burned, distance, and more. When collapsed the rower is only 33 inches high. Users love the soothing sound the water makes, and how it impacts resistance. 
It’s made of solid steel. It has textured foot plates, and adjustable hydraulic resistance. The monitor allows you to track calories, time, your stroke total, and the entire machine is as slim as a pair of skis when folded. Instead of the standard T bar the rower has levers that offer a full range of motion. One happy customer raved about the workout it gave them: The jointed rowing arms is really great. Wide range of motion and you can change your rowing technique to work different muscles.
Its flywheel is inertia-enhanced, making the pull super smooth and quiet. The handles are slip resistance, and when folded the rower only is 42.3. inches high and 37.4 wide. Reviewers lover its soundlessness and sweat producing capabilities.
If you want to get credit for every mile you take, you have to give one full stroke for the machine to register it. Consider it a built-in accountability counter. Download the free subscription ShareVGo app, and connect the rower via your smartphone’s bluetooth to get an even more precise reading on your fitness stats or do the time-based challenges. The 48 inch steel rail is adjustable, accommodating both the petite and statuesque. Although the rower doesn’t fold into the slimmest unit, the rail can be turned vertically to become more compact. 
There will be many fitness programs you’ll have access to that will teach you rowing workouts you can perform every day.
4 x 19.7 inches
The footplates are large to accommodate various sized feet. Use the footplate straps to prevent your feet from sliding when you exercise.
Typically a folding rowing machine is compact and lightweight. It doesn’t take up a lot of floor space and it’s easy to transport.
A folding rowing machine for the home is affordable, easy to assemble and extremely convenient.
This section will help you pick the best rowing machine for your unique requirements.
These machines operate on pistons and can work with fluid or air. They have resistance settings so you can have a more challenging workout. Hydraulic machines are compact, lightweight and easy to transport.
For people who simply want a home workout, it’s best to purchase a magnetic foldable rowing machine.
And for example the NordicTrack RW900 model features as many as 26 resistance levels.
Smaller foldable rowing machines are surprisingly strong and sturdy so they’re able to withstand weight capacities between 200lbs and 260lbs. The benefit of these smaller machines is that they’re excellent for home use and they’re suitable for the entire family to use.
You simply don’t need a big heavy machine for home workouts. All you need is a robust rowing machine that’s compact and sturdy that lets you exercise in the comfort of your own home.
Machines that come with big displays such as the NordicTrack RW900 costs $1,599 which is actually a bargain.
It’s advised that you count all the parts you have and check them against your manual to ensure you have everything. This is because some people complain about missing parts after they’ve assembled most of the machine, which can be frustrating. So ensure you have all the parts and tools you need to assemble your machine before you start building it. 
A water rowing machine is often equipped with a removable heart rate sensor that is attached to the chest or neck. In some simulators, the heart rate monitor is built right into the handles. 
Photo: market.yandex.ru 
Good stability is ensured by compensators for uneven floors, there is an adjustment of the foot rests, which allows you to adjust them to the size of the foot. The model is suitable for people with height up to 190 centimeters. 
Photo: market.yandex.ru and in the gym. The central type of thrust provides a high load, simulating the movements during rowing. 
Its scope is home workouts. 
Photo: market.yandex.ru 
Photo: market.yandex.ru 
Photo: market.yandex.ru 
Photo: market.yandex.ru 
Electromagnetic are more advanced, so they can sometimes be used by professionals for home workouts. Trainers since water system are more suitable for athletes with experience. Aerodynamic and Aeromagnetic trainers have a large number of load levels, so they are often used by professionals and can be installed both at home and in the gym. 
The base and frame must be strong, reliable, and the seat comfortable enough. To prevent the simulator from slipping, give preference to models with rubber pads on the legs. 
Each type has its pros and cons, but models with a water type of load are closest to real rowing. 
The resistance on this machine is constant and will not change if you pull harder and faster. However, the resistance level can be changed using the built-in training programs, and most models have a wide range of resistance. The level of resistance of the magnetic drive simulator is not as strong as that of mechanical rowing, but due to the absence of friction in the flywheel, this particular type of simulator is the quietest and creates a mild load on the body. 
Due to the fact that the work in this type of simulators is carried out horizontally, the musculoskeletal system is protected from compression load under the weight of one’s own body. 
Because often mistakes are observed already before the person has made the first stroke. So, a person sits down at the simulator in such a way that the buttocks are tucked forward, that is, the athlete practically sits on the sacral spine. This starting position is fundamentally wrong and can lead to back injury. 
Do not train during pregnancy, in the presence of infectious diseases, with exacerbations of chronic health problems. 
Wooden ones are made double, they are considered more reliable and stable, they are wider, the load is distributed evenly. From metal single frames are presented. 
Rarely – chains, they are much stronger, but require more care. 
Pay attention to dimensions, especially height. 
”
They are relatively quiet. In contrast, air rowing machines (what you find at most gyms) are much louder. This doesn’t make them bad, however. Some rowing machines, like the Concept2 RowErg, have been designed to keep the noise factor low. 
For example, the Hydrow Rower, comes with a 22-inch touchscreen, and made it onto Oprah’s Favorite Things 2021 list. It can be stored upright. However, compact it’s not. Alternatively, the NordicTrack RW900 also comes with a large display, cost less, and folds. 
They’re also lighter than other rowing machines, so they’re easy to transport from one place to another. 
99 (was $999)
97 (was $399)
If you can’t get out into the water, it’s the next best thing with its electromagnetic drag mechanism that makes each stroke feel like you’re gliding through actual waves. If you’ve always wanted the machine but couldn’t fit it in your home, you’ll love the Hydrow Wave Rower. It technically doesn’t fold but is narrow, and can be stored upright for storage with a vertical anchor. Like the Hydrow Rower, it offers a more authentic rowing experience but is 30 percent smaller. It also comes in four different colors. No matter how “cozy” your dwelling space is, the machine won’t take up precious room and may actually enhance the aesthetic instead of taking away. It has a 16 inch screen, and if you have a Hydrow All-Access Membership ($44 per month), you can virtually row around the world, plus take part of yoga classes, circuit training, conditioning and more! The screen doesn’t rotate but gliding mechanism is so quiet, you can workout whenever you want without disturbing anyone.
90
It uses air resistance, which can be controlled through the damper. Expect smooth rowing from this bestseller that’s sure to keep you entertained while sweating. The performance monitor has games, workout options, and can connect to fitness apps, and bluetooth. Assembly is easy, and the base of the rower detaches for simple storing. 
Pulse pistons on the side of the seat measure your heart rate. One Amazon reviewer loved how it didn’t bring clutter to their home. 
You can join studio classes or have iFit expert trainers control the intensity of your workouts. A monthly membership to the platform is $39.99, but your purchase includes a 30 day family membership (up to 5 users). This rower comes with 26 different options for digital resistance, as well as magnetic and air, which can be adjusted manually. Pedals are oversized, so no worries about uncomfortable footing. Measures 50.4 inches high and 36.2 inches wide when folded. If you’re not completely convinced the rower is worth your investment, here is one review a happy customer left:
I definitely have felt an improvement in my style of rowing, and really enjoy having this as part of my home gym.”
The rower even made one customer give up their gym membership.
The large adjustable LED display screen track time, number of strokes, calories burned, distance, and more. When collapsed the rower is only 33 inches high. Users love the soothing sound the water makes, and how it impacts resistance. 
It’s made of solid steel. It has textured foot plates, and adjustable hydraulic resistance. The monitor allows you to track calories, time, your stroke total, and the entire machine is as slim as a pair of skis when folded. Instead of the standard T bar the rower has levers that offer a full range of motion. One happy customer raved about the workout it gave them: The jointed rowing arms is really great. Wide range of motion and you can change your rowing technique to work different muscles.
Its flywheel is inertia-enhanced, making the pull super smooth and quiet. The handles are slip resistance, and when folded the rower only is 42.3. inches high and 37.4 wide. Reviewers lover its soundlessness and sweat producing capabilities.
If you want to get credit for every mile you take, you have to give one full stroke for the machine to register it. Consider it a built-in accountability counter. Download the free subscription ShareVGo app, and connect the rower via your smartphone’s bluetooth to get an even more precise reading on your fitness stats or do the time-based challenges. The 48 inch steel rail is adjustable, accommodating both the petite and statuesque. Although the rower doesn’t fold into the slimmest unit, the rail can be turned vertically to become more compact. 
There will be many fitness programs you’ll have access to that will teach you rowing workouts you can perform every day.
4 x 19.7 inches
But this upright Kenmore has all the extras to keep pet hair where it belongs: inside the vacuum. Certified by the Asthma and Allergy Foundation (AAFA), this vacuum has a HEPA filter and passed AAFA tests for low emissions, both while vacuuming and changing the bag. 
Still, at just under 20 pounds, it may not be the easiest to lift up. 
Our testers found maintenance easy, thanks to a hair screw tool specifically made to ball up long and short pet hair and deposit it into the dust bin without tangling around the brush. The dust bin is smaller than those on most full-size upright vacuums and therefore requires more frequent emptying.:max_bytes(150000):strip_icc()/shark-iz163h-pet-plus-cordless-stick-vacuum-with-self-cleaning-brushroll-powerfins-tout-05db06ec2c024b0fbd3fa73a521498d2.jpg)
To clean hardwood floors, you can use your foot to press the button that opens up the bare floor brush storage and attach it hands-free, though one tester found that the compartment doesn’t open all the way each time, so you may have to nudge it a bit to get the brush out. We found its Pet PowerMate tool to be great for cleaning hair from upholstered furniture and carpets, and it can be stored along with all other tools right on the vacuum. 
5-foot telescoping wand, long hose and retractable cord. These features are also helpful for cleaning large areas without having to switch outlets too often. 
It has a motorized pet brush tool that uses rubber bristles to lift pet hair off upholstery, car seats and carpets efficiently. 
Our experts are always impressed by the design and performance of Miele vacuums in our tests, and this canister vacuum was no exception, picking up dry oats from carpets, hardwood flooring and tiles without leaving anything behind. Thanks to its small size, it can be easily stored in small spaces and its 32-foot operating radius is great for cleaning large areas. There’s even a spot on the canister body to park the hose so it stays upright during storage.
” It impressed our expert testers, too, earning it a 2022 GH Best Cleaning & Organizing Award.
But this budget-friendly robot vacuum from eufy bucked the trend, easily removing pet hair from carpet and hardwood floors. It was also one of the quietest robot vacuums we tested and ran for almost two hours on a single charge. 
The device’s filter cannot be washed, but a replacement filter is included with the robot vacuum and can be purchased separately at an affordable price on Amazon. Its two side brushes and roller brush action helped secure its spot as the third-best performing robot vacuum amongst 15 models we recently tested. 
We like that it’s designed with a rubber nozzle to help lift stuck-on hair and that it’s easy to maneuver around chair arms and stair treads, though its shape makes it a little awkward to hold and it’s not the best option for tight, hard-to-reach spots. 
78 L
bagless: Dust cups or bags are essential considerations for the inevitable and frequent dumping that happens as you vacuum up after your pet. Bagged vacuums are best for keeping pet hair, dust and debris out of the air when emptying the vacuum, ideal for homes with allergy sufferers. Bagless vacuums are often sealed to prevent debris escaping and going back into the air of your home as you clean, but have to be emptied directly into the trash bin where dust can escape and find its way into the air or back on the floor. Bagless models are great for homes that don’t want to re-up on bags periodically. Make sure that the dust cup is sizable and easy to empty, or that the bag is easily disposed of for the easiest post-cleaning cleanup.
Models with pre-filters and whole machine filtration also offer multiple levels of filtration at different parts of the vacuum to further prevent dust and debris from re-entering your home’s air. And if allergies are a concern, HEPA filters are the most effective, since they trap 99.97% of dust, pollen, mold, bacteria and any airborne particles with a minimum size of 0.3 microns (nanoparticles).
Deciding if you need a corded or a cordless model should be chosen depending on your usage: Do you plan to tote it around the house and outside, or perhaps you’re more likely to use it for long stretches of time? If you’re leaning toward a cordless model, look for ones that include a second battery for longer run time
Tangle-free brush rolls also put an end to clipping long strands of hair (from pets or humans!) that get twisted around the brush.
She oversees all testing done in the Cleaning Lab and continually tests new products, including cleaning products made for tackling pet messes like floor cleaners formulated to remove pet odors and carpet cleaning machines that remove dried on urine stains. She is an active member of the ASTM Committee on vacuum cleaners and chairman of the consumer information sub-committee.
It will easily reach high and low to vacuum crumbs, dust, and dirt since it converts from an upright stick to a handheld with the click of a button. It’s a powerful cordless vacuum that could easily replace your corded upright. The extra-long battery life and mega-sized dust-bin mean you won’t be running to charge or empty your vacuum as frequently. Just be mindful that it is a little top-heavy (which took us by surprise) but it’s something that you get used to, or may require holding with both hands for above-floor cleaning. 
Removing the protective, outer delivery box I was left with the product which, again, was in a box with all accessories neatly arranged. There was ZERO PLASTIC plastic packaging used here with tissue paper and cardboard being resident instead which was is a big tick from the start. 
We didn’t get very far, though, so on it was with a full charge before equipping it with some accessories and setting some challenges. 
3 microns, so you’ll have a powerful clean, and breathe a little easier too. 
Both the main roller and soft roller head (UK only), combination tool, and hair tool were more than enough for a quick and satisfying clean around the home. However, you also have a crevice tool, stubborn dirt brush, and mini soft dusting brush to use according to your needs. The extra battery and charger are useful for charging both batteries simultaneously so you’re never without a charge.
It’s most effective on a sturdier wool rug as opposed to a thinner, delicate design, where on Eco mode, the suction was just too powerful that the rug either moved around with the floorhead or it prevented the brushbar from spinning, and therefore cease to have any suction at all.
Note, the soft roller head is smaller than the High Torque XL cleaner head, but that doesn’t affect cleaning performance. 
Most of the vacuum’s weight is in the handheld, and clearly due to the expansive dust bin. While it was manageable for a young adult to get through the cleaning, it took decidedly more effort for an older family member. This is something to keep in mind if you want something which is lightweight to use at any level of the house.
You can check exactly how much power it has as it charges by pressing the button on the LCD screen. Unless you have a dock set-up, however, you’ll need to plug the charger into an electrical socket with the bin perched on the floor or a worktop. The charger plug is big and won’t charge the vac unless properly secured into the plug, must be completely flat. 
I arranged a quarter cup of cereal, a quarter cup of rice, and a tablespoon of sugar to see how the vacuum handled food particles large and small. I also updated the test to show how the vacuums handle hair too. 
It was not until I put the cleaner head on the minus position that it would even consider suctioning the cereal, but who will want to lean down to the floor every time they change floor types?
The Dyson V15 Detect is the first vacuum of its kind to offer a laser in its design, whose entire purpose is to reveal what the eye can’t see. The addition of a piezo counter gives you an exact particle count of what has been collected. 
Many also agree that it’s not featherlight compared to other Dyson, but acknowledge the compromise for the bigger dust bin and battery. At Dyson US, 88 percent would recommend the Outsize to a friend, with a 4.6 out of 5-star rating.
These fridges offer some of the widest shelves possible in both the fridge and freezer sections. This makes them excellent choices for storing large or awkwardly shaped items like frozen pizzas and deli trays.
Just be aware that you’ll probably have to sacrifice a few door storage bins if you want a model with an external ice and water dispenser.
Plus, when you only open one of the two doors to the fresh section, the other helps keep cool air in, lightening the load on the cooling system.
Just because you’re short on space, doesn’t mean you can’t have a cool drink or a tasty snack an arm’s reach away.
These units can supplement your existing kitchen fridge or replace it altogether. Like top- and bottom-freezer models, freezerless refrigerators and upright freezers provide the benefit of full-width storage. While most models are smaller than 36 inches wide, they still provide ample storage for large or awkwardly shaped items.
These units are installed flush into your cabinets, providing a truly refined look. They provide exceptionally precise temperature controls as well as more refined, stylish versions of features found in freestanding fridges.
They’re typically 24 – 25″ deep, compared to the typical 30″ depth of most standard refrigerators. Counter-depth fridges are designed to line up evenly with the surrounding cabinets. This helps keep your kitchen open and can be especially helpful if you’re short on space.
Some fridges also include moveable bins that adjust to your needs, or shelves with spill-proof lips to prevent spills from spreading.
Internal dispensers are usually limited to just water.
As a result, ice build-up can become a problem. By isolating their cooling areas, these refrigerators also keep odors from drifting from fridge to freezer. So your ice won’t taste like last night’s leftovers ever again.
Panel-ready models accommodate custom panels that you can have made to perfectly match the look of your existing cabinets. Stainless steel and black stainless steel look great in almost any setting and are generally easy to maintain. Look for fingerprint resistant models for easier upkeep.
Next, select which style or type of refrigerator best fits your budget and tastes. Consider counter-depth or built-in variants of any of these styles for a more refined look. Finally, select the features that matter most to you.
As we walk through the following steps for measuring your kitchen cutout, reference the size examples below to see if the style you want could fit your space. The specs shown below are generalizations to give you an idea of what might be available. Find your specific model specs online or in a store.
Ft. 
00
Therefore, we are unlikely to be able to surprise the reader with a story about what a refrigerator is and what refrigerators are: almost everyone is more or less oriented in this topic. 
A width of 60 centimeters is a standard parameter adopted in kitchen technology: electric stoves, dishwashers, ovens, etc. are the same width. A depth of 60 centimeters is also a generally accepted standard not only for freestanding refrigerators, but also for ordinary kitchen worktops. For built-in models, the standard depth is 55 centimeters. 
Plastic grills are the simplest and most inexpensive, but can be short-lived and crack. Glass shelves, in our opinion, are the best combination of ease of maintenance, durability and efficiency. As for the metal lattice shelves, they, in turn, provide the best air circulation and maintain a uniform temperature level inside the refrigerating chamber, but if something spills or crumbles, the scale of the disaster will most likely not be limited to one shelf. 
Most models have only two chambers: a freezer (for long-term storage of frozen foods) and a refrigerator (for short-term storage). 
This option is usually chosen by those who want a very large freezer compartment. At the same time, a dedicated freezer may not be in the kitchen at all, but somewhere in the pantry, in the hallway or hallway – this solves the problem of combining a large freezer with a not very large kitchen within one apartment. 
This parameter does not affect everyday use very much, but if your lifestyle means that you may need to fill the entire freezer at a time, then high freezing power will serve you well. 
Periodically, the compressor turns off and the short-term heating system turns on, instantly converting frost into water, which is discharged outside the freezer with a special hose into a separate vessel, from where it then evaporates. 
The truth seems to be that from the user’s point of view, there is no significant difference between single and dual compressor systems, and reliability depends more on the manufacturer and good design than on the number of compressors. 
Perhaps only fans of silence can advise them. But at the same time, you will also have to sacrifice size. 
On the contrary, more and more often there are refrigerators with increased energy efficiency, which are marked with classes A +, A ++ and A +++, where class A +++ is the most economical. 
A tall refrigerator is a good way to get plenty of storage without taking up a lot of space in the kitchen, but it will be more inconvenient to use the smaller you are. If the kitchen area allows, a wide and low refrigerator with the same volume is much more convenient than a narrow and high one. It is important to remember that the total “displacement” says little, because the ratio of the volumes of the refrigerator and freezer is very different. Well, do not forget that there is such an option as a single-chamber refrigerator in the kitchen plus a separate freezer somewhere else. 
Together with experts, we figure out what to look for when choosing a refrigerator, how to save money and what options will save you during power outages, and which ones will help you during the holidays. 
In order to postpone the replacement period as much as possible, it is worthwhile to responsibly approach the choice. Here’s what experts say you should pay attention to: 
In other cases, you can get by with a refrigerator with an upper freezer – compact and practical; 
Refrigerators are no exception, they can also be put away in a closet. There are two main such options: 
Most often, during the initial installation of the refrigerator, you can choose which side to hang them on; 
Although most modern models have special modes: for example, “vacation” and “defrost”. So it makes sense to think in advance how it is more convenient to control the unit: 
The more compact the model, the more likely it is that it has only one compressor, which provides energy to all chambers. Two-compressor models usually distribute energy throughout the refrigerator and freezer compartment. In this case, you can, having gone on vacation or to the country, turn off only the refrigerator compartment, and leave the freezer to work. 
Periodically, such refrigerators must be disconnected from the mains, completely defrosted and washed. Of the benefits: a simple system is not equipped with additional fans, which means that there is more usable space in the refrigerator, and it makes less noise. 
It is expressed in kilowatts. This will help you calculate how much money you need to run a refrigerator per month and whether it is worth spending money on a more expensive, but energy-efficient option. 
For example, the “Vacation” option can turn off the cooling of the main chamber, while continuing to keep the freezer running. “Super Freeze” will help to quickly cool a bottle of champagne if there is little time left before a date or the President’s New Year’s speech. 
Almost all modern refrigerators have a low noise level and it will be difficult to hear it from the next room. The country of origin does not play a big role. 
This will ensure you get the highest quality result from your splice.
So approach this splicing method with caution!
If you’ve ever heard someone talking from your speaker when they aren’t in use, you’ve been a victim of RF interference. The only way to combat this is to use shielded speaker wire (on Amazon).
Additionally, you can use it to fix your headphone wires. 
Criteria you can use are the color (e.g., red for positive), stamp, print, etc. Knowing the correct terminals will help you avoid short circuits on your speaker system.
A lighter (used carefully), blow dryer, or hot air gun set to high heat should suffice. 
Turn over the wire and employ the soldering iron till it gets full saturation.
Some include;
When done properly, the now long wire will improve your sound quality. 
The above diagram is relevant both for expensive Hi-Fi acoustics and for ordinary speakers on a personal computer. 
We did not indicate the remaining elements, so as not to complicate the process of understanding the functioning of the device, and limited ourselves to the transistor itself. 
The ratio of these values is the gain factor. The base receives a variable signal from the player, or microphone, which constantly changes its value. At this time, the transistor repeats the signal, but at high voltages, which, in turn, is fed to the speakers. 
The higher it is, the worse the signal passes through the wire. 
The amount of water passed will decrease, since an additional obstacle has appeared in its path that impedes the flow – that is, resistance is created. 
The resistance of 1 meter of this wire is 0.023 ohms, which is very small. All you have to do is multiply this value by the total length of the conductor: 0.023 * 10 = 0.23 ohms. 
This is especially true of Chinese products, most of which do not hold water. 
This is done because the contacts in the system are very close to each other, and the vibration of the car body can expose the insulation. 
Ready-made systems are completed from the factory, and have the appropriate designation: 2.0; 2.1; 5.1; 7.1 – these figures just tell about the number of columns in the set. 
Believe me, it will take you much more time to unpack the system and place it around the room. 
This very cable always consists of several pairs of wires, isolated from each other in a special way. 
The ratio of these values is the gain factor. The base receives a variable signal from the player, or microphone, which constantly changes its value. At this time, the transistor repeats the signal, but at high voltages, which, in turn, is fed to the speakers.